[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2017188202A1 - Film for forming protective film, and composite sheet for forming protective film - Google Patents

Film for forming protective film, and composite sheet for forming protective film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017188202A1
WO2017188202A1 PCT/JP2017/016260 JP2017016260W WO2017188202A1 WO 2017188202 A1 WO2017188202 A1 WO 2017188202A1 JP 2017016260 W JP2017016260 W JP 2017016260W WO 2017188202 A1 WO2017188202 A1 WO 2017188202A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
protective film
forming
film
meth
sensitive adhesive
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/016260
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
力也 小橋
洋一 稲男
Original Assignee
リンテック株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by リンテック株式会社 filed Critical リンテック株式会社
Priority to CN201780019966.1A priority Critical patent/CN108886023B/en
Priority to KR1020187027332A priority patent/KR102445025B1/en
Priority to JP2018514597A priority patent/JP7285075B2/en
Publication of WO2017188202A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017188202A1/en
Priority to JP2022061944A priority patent/JP7290771B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having potential barriers, e.g. a PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/50—Assembly of semiconductor devices using processes or apparatus not provided for in a single one of the groups H01L21/18 - H01L21/326 or H10D48/04 - H10D48/07 e.g. sealing of a cap to a base of a container
    • H01L21/56—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulation layers, coatings
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B33/00—Layered products characterised by particular properties or particular surface features, e.g. particular surface coatings; Layered products designed for particular purposes not covered by another single class
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00—Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02—Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67—Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/67005—Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/67011—Apparatus for manufacture or treatment
    • H01L21/67132—Apparatus for placing on an insulating substrate, e.g. tape
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/67—Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L21/683—Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • H01L21/6835—Apparatus specially adapted for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus specially adapted for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components ; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support
    • H01L21/6836—Wafer tapes, e.g. grinding or dicing support tapes
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/28—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
    • H01L23/31—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/26—Layer connectors, e.g. plate connectors, solder or adhesive layers; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/28—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors prior to the connecting process
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00—Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/10—Coating on the layer surface on synthetic resin layer or on natural or synthetic rubber layer
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00—Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/26—Polymeric coating
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2305/00—Condition, form or state of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2305/72—Cured, e.g. vulcanised, cross-linked
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00—Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/50—Properties of the layers or laminate having particular mechanical properties
    • B32B2307/538—Roughness
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2310/00—Treatment by energy or chemical effects
    • B32B2310/08—Treatment by energy or chemical effects by wave energy or particle radiation
    • B32B2310/0806—Treatment by energy or chemical effects by wave energy or particle radiation using electromagnetic radiation
    • B32B2310/0831—Treatment by energy or chemical effects by wave energy or particle radiation using electromagnetic radiation using UV radiation
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00—Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/14—Semiconductor wafers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2221/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof covered by H01L21/00
    • H01L2221/67—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere
    • H01L2221/683—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping
    • H01L2221/68304—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support
    • H01L2221/6834—Apparatus for handling semiconductor or electric solid state devices during manufacture or treatment thereof; Apparatus for handling wafers during manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or electric solid state devices or components; Apparatus not specifically provided for elsewhere for supporting or gripping using temporarily an auxiliary support used to protect an active side of a device or wafer

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet.
  • a semiconductor device using a mounting method called a so-called face-down method has been manufactured.
  • a semiconductor chip having electrodes such as bumps on a circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to a substrate. For this reason, the back surface opposite to the circuit surface of the semiconductor chip may be exposed.
  • a resin film containing an organic material is formed as a protective film on the exposed back surface of the semiconductor chip and may be taken into the semiconductor device as a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
  • the protective film is used to prevent cracks from occurring in the semiconductor chip after the dicing process or packaging.
  • Patent Document 1 an energy ray curable film-forming component containing a polymer component made of an acrylic copolymer, an energy ray curable component, a dye or pigment, an inorganic filler, and a photopolymerization initiator is peeled off.
  • a film for protecting a chip having a structure sandwiched between sheets is disclosed.
  • the film for chip protection can form a protective film with improved laser marking recognizability, hardness, and adhesion with a wafer by irradiation with energy rays. The process can be simplified as compared with conventional film for chip protection.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses a dicing tape integrated type having a dicing tape having a base material and an adhesive, and a wafer back surface protective film that is colored and has a predetermined elastic modulus on the adhesive layer of the dicing tape.
  • a wafer back surface protective film is disclosed. According to the description in Patent Document 2, the wafer back surface protective film can exhibit excellent holding force with the semiconductor wafer in the dicing process of the semiconductor wafer.
  • the protective film disclosed in Patent Documents 1 and 2 is attached so that the position of the protective film is shifted or the foreign substance is included without being aware of the foreign substance on the wafer. In such a case, it is difficult to rework the wafer by peeling off the protective film. Since the protective films disclosed in Patent Documents 1 and 2 are intended to improve adhesion to the wafer at the time of sticking and holding power with the wafer after sticking, once attached to the wafer, Since the adhesion to the wafer is high, there is a problem in reworkability.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 Although the protective film described has been studied from the viewpoint of adhesion to the wafer at the time of sticking and holding power to the wafer at the time of sticking, the reworkability of the protective film No consideration has been given to.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object thereof is to provide a protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet that are excellent in reworkability.
  • the present invention is an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film, wherein the surface roughness (Ra) of at least one surface ( ⁇ ) is 0.
  • a protective film-forming film having a thickness of 038 ⁇ m or more is provided.
  • the surface ( ⁇ ) preferably has a surface roughness (Ra) of 2.0 ⁇ m or less.
  • this invention comprises the said film for protective film formation on a support sheet, and the surface ((beta)) on the opposite side to the said surface ((alpha)) of the said film for protective film formation faces the said support sheet.
  • a composite sheet for forming a protective film is provided.
  • a protective film can be formed on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip, and has a good rework property, and includes an energy ray curable protective film forming film and such a protective film forming film.
  • a protective sheet-forming composite sheet is provided.
  • “reworkability” refers to a property that allows the semiconductor wafer to be peeled without being damaged when it is peeled again after being attached to the semiconductor wafer.
  • the protective film-forming film of the present invention is an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film, and in the protective film-forming film, the surface roughness of at least one surface ( ⁇ ) ( Ra) is 0.038 ⁇ m or more.
  • the protective film-forming film of the present invention may have a first release film on at least one surface, and may further have a second release film on the other surface.
  • the film for forming a protective film of the present invention can be provided as a long film wound in a roll shape.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of the protective film-forming film of the present invention. In FIG.
  • the 1st peeling film 15b, the protective film formation film 13 (23), and the 2nd peeling film 15a are laminated
  • the surface to be attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer that is, the surface opposite to the circuit surface
  • front surface ( ⁇ ) is referred to as “front surface ( ⁇ )” and is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer.
  • the surface opposite to the surface may be referred to as “surface ( ⁇ )”.
  • the surface roughness (Ra) of at least one surface ( ⁇ ) is preferably 0.038 ⁇ m or more, and preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less.
  • surface roughness (Ra) means a so-called arithmetic average roughness obtained in accordance with JIS B0601: 2001 unless otherwise specified.
  • One aspect of the present invention is a protective film-forming film having energy ray curability and for forming a protective film on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip, wherein the semiconductor
  • the present invention relates to a protective film forming film in which the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface ( ⁇ ) attached to the wafer or semiconductor chip is 0.038 ⁇ m or more.
  • the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface ( ⁇ ) on the side attached to the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip is: It is preferable that it is 2.0 micrometers or less.
  • Another aspect of the present invention is a protective film-forming sheet comprising a first release film and a protective film-forming film that directly contacts the first release film and has energy ray curability
  • the present invention relates to a protective film forming sheet in which the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface ( ⁇ ) on the side in direct contact with the first release film is 0.038 ⁇ m or more.
  • the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface ( ⁇ ) on the side attached to the first release film is preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less.
  • the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface ( ⁇ ) of the protective film-forming film can be measured by the measurement method described in the examples.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention comprises an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film on a support sheet, and the surface ( ⁇ ) of the protective film-forming film.
  • 2 is a composite sheet for forming a protective film having a surface ( ⁇ ) opposite to that facing the support sheet.
  • the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface ( ⁇ ) of the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention is preferably 0.038 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less.
  • the “protective film-forming film” means a film before curing
  • the “protective film” means a film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film.
  • the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface ( ⁇ ) of the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet can be measured by the measuring method described in the examples.
  • the protective film-forming film is cured by irradiation with energy rays and becomes a protective film.
  • This protective film is for protecting the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip.
  • the protective film-forming film is soft and can be easily attached to an object to be attached.
  • the surface roughness (Ra) of at least one surface ((alpha)) of the said film for protective film formation is 0.038 micrometer or more
  • the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention has favorable rework property. Have. For example, even when the protective film forming composite sheet is attached to a position shifted from the target position on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, the semiconductor wafer is damaged by peeling the protective film forming composite sheet from the semiconductor wafer.
  • the product can be manufactured using the semiconductor wafer by re-applying (reworking) a new protective film-forming composite sheet without re-working.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention the protective film-forming composite sheet of the conventional protective film-forming composite sheet provided with the thermosetting protective film-forming film is formed by the energy film-curable film.
  • the protective film can be formed by curing in a shorter time than the case.
  • “energy beam” means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having energy quanta, and examples thereof include ultraviolet rays and electron beams.
  • Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by using, for example, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion H lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light, an LED lamp or the like as an ultraviolet ray source.
  • the electron beam can be emitted by an electron beam accelerator or the like.
  • “energy ray curable” means the property of being cured by irradiation with energy rays
  • “non-energy ray curable” means the property of not being cured even when irradiated with energy rays. .
  • the thickness of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip that is the target of use of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 1000 ⁇ m because the effects of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably. 100 to 300 ⁇ m is more preferable.
  • the configuration of the present invention will be described in detail.
  • the support sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers.
  • the constituent materials and thicknesses of the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other” means “all the layers may be the same or all the layers are different. Means that only some of the layers may be the same ”, and“ a plurality of layers are different from each other ”means that“ at least one of the constituent materials and thickness of each layer is different from each other ”. Means.
  • Preferred support sheets include, for example, those in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is directly contacted and laminated on the substrate, those in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the substrate via an intermediate layer, and only the substrate. And the like.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of a composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> A shown here comprises a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on a base material 11, and a protective film-forming film 13 on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
  • the support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> A has a protective film-forming film 13 laminated on one surface 10 a of the support sheet 10. Have a configuration.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> A further includes a release film 15 on the protective film-forming film 13.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the entire surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, thereby forming the protective film.
  • the jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated on a part of the surface 13 a of the film 13, that is, in the vicinity of the peripheral edge, and the jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated on the surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13.
  • a release film 15 is laminated on the surface that is not formed and the surface 16 a (upper surface and side surface) of the adhesive layer 16 for jigs.
  • the adhesive force between the cured protective film-forming film 13 (that is, the protective film) and the support sheet 10 is 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm is preferable.
  • the adhesive layer 16 for jigs may have, for example, a single-layer structure containing an adhesive component, or a plurality of layers in which layers containing an adhesive component are laminated on both surfaces of a core sheet. It may be of a structure.
  • the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is pasted on the front surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed.
  • the upper surface of the surface 16a of the adhesive layer 16 is used by being attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
  • FIG. 2 is a sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
  • the same components as those shown in the already explained figures are given the same reference numerals as those in the already explained figures, and their detailed explanations are omitted.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A shown in FIG. 1 except that it does not include the jig adhesive layer 16. That is, in the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1B, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the base material 11, and the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the entire surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. A release film 15 is laminated on the entire surface 13 a of the film forming film 13.
  • the composite sheet 1B for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 has a semiconductor wafer (not shown) formed in a partial region on the center side of the surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed.
  • the back surface is affixed, and the region near the periphery of the protective film-forming film 13 is affixed to a jig such as a ring frame and used.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> C shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> A shown in FIG. 1, except that the adhesive layer 12 is not provided. That is, in the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> C, the support sheet 10 is made of only the base material 11. Then, the protective film forming film 13 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11 (one surface 10a of the support sheet 10), and a part of the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, that is, in the vicinity of the peripheral portion.
  • the jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated in the region, and the surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13 on which the jig adhesive layer 16 is not laminated and the surface 16 a of the jig adhesive layer 16.
  • a release film 15 is laminated on the upper surface and the side surface.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film 13 after curing (ie, the protective film) and the support sheet 10 is: It is preferably 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm.
  • the protective film forming composite sheet 1C is formed on the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed.
  • the back surface of (not shown) is attached, and the upper surface of the surface 16a of the jig adhesive layer 16 is attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
  • FIG. 4 is a sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1D shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1C shown in FIG. 3 except that it does not include the jig adhesive layer 16. That is, in the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1D, the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the release film 15 is laminated on the entire surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13. Yes.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1D shown in FIG. 4 is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B shown in FIG. 2, with the release film 15 removed, of the surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13,
  • the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is affixed to a partial area on the center side, and the area near the periphery of the protective film forming film 13 is affixed to a jig such as a ring frame. .
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1E shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B shown in FIG. 2 except that the shape of the protective film-forming film is different. That is, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> E includes the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on the base material 11 and the protective film-forming film 23 on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
  • the support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and in other words, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E is formed by laminating the protective film-forming film 23 on one surface 10a of the support sheet 10. Have a configuration.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> E further includes a release film 15 on the protective film-forming film 23.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and a part of the surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, that is, a protective film-forming film is formed in the central region. 23 are stacked. And the peeling film 15 is laminated
  • the protective film-forming film 23 When the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E is viewed from above and viewed in plan, the protective film-forming film 23 has a smaller surface area than the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and has a circular shape or the like, for example.
  • the adhesive force between the cured protective film-forming film 23 (that is, the protective film) and the support sheet 10 is 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm is preferable.
  • the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is pasted on the front surface 23a of the protective film-forming film 23 with the release film 15 removed.
  • the surface on which the protective film forming film 23 is not laminated is attached to a jig such as a ring frame and used.
  • the surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is the same as that shown in FIGS. 1 and 3 on the surface on which the protective film-forming film 23 is not laminated.
  • An adhesive layer for jigs may be laminated (not shown).
  • the protective film forming composite sheet 1E provided with such a jig adhesive layer has a jig frame having a ring frame or the like, similar to the protective film forming composite sheet shown in FIGS. Affixed to the jig and used.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet of the present invention may have any form of the support sheet and the protective film-forming film, or may be provided with an adhesive layer for jigs.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention having a jig adhesive layer has a jig adhesive layer on the protective film-forming film. Are preferred.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not limited to the one shown in FIGS. 1 to 5, and a part of the structure shown in FIGS. 1 to 5 is changed or deleted within a range not impairing the effect of the present invention.
  • another configuration may be added to what has been described so far.
  • an intermediate layer may be provided between the base material 11 and the protective film-forming film 13. Any intermediate layer can be selected according to the purpose.
  • an intermediate layer may be provided between the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. That is, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the support sheet may be formed by laminating a base material, an intermediate layer, and an adhesive layer in this order.
  • the intermediate layer is the same as the intermediate layer that may be provided in the protective film-forming composite sheet shown in FIGS. Further, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS.
  • layers other than the intermediate layer may be provided at an arbitrary location.
  • a gap may be partially formed between the release film and the layer that is in direct contact with the release film.
  • the size and shape of each layer can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the purpose.
  • a layer such as an adhesive layer that is in direct contact with the protective film-forming film of the support sheet is preferably non-energy ray curable.
  • Such a composite sheet for forming a protective film can more easily pick up a semiconductor chip having a protective film on the back surface.
  • the support sheet may be transparent, opaque, or colored depending on the purpose. Among them, in the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, the support sheet is preferably capable of transmitting energy rays.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
  • the degree of curing of the protective film-forming film is further improved.
  • the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is not particularly limited, but may be 95%, for example.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 95%.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 95%.
  • the base material is in the form of a sheet or film, and examples of the constituent material include various resins.
  • the resin include polyethylenes such as low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE); other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resin.
  • Polyolefins such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer, ethylene-norbornene copolymer (ethylene as a monomer)
  • a copolymer obtained by using a vinyl chloride resin such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymer (a resin obtained by using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefin; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene Naphtha Polyesters such as polyesters, polybutylene terephthalates, polyethylene isophthalates, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylates, wholly aromatic polyesters in which all the structural units have an aromatic cyclic group; Poly (meth) acrylic acid ester; Polyurethane; Polyurethane acrylate; Polyimide; Polyamide; Polycarbonate; Fluororesin
  • polymer alloys such as a mixture of the said polyester and other resin
  • the polymer alloy of the polyester and the other resin is preferably one in which the amount of the resin other than the polyester is relatively small.
  • the resin include a crosslinked resin in which one or more of the resins exemplified so far are crosslinked; modification of an ionomer or the like using one or more of the resins exemplified so far. Resins can also be mentioned.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is a concept including both “acrylic acid” and “methacrylic acid”. The same applies to terms similar to (meth) acrylic acid.
  • the resin constituting the substrate may be only one kind, or two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When the substrate is composed of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other.
  • the combination of layers is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the substrate is preferably 50 to 300 ⁇ m, more preferably 60 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the substrate means the thickness of the entire substrate.
  • the thickness of the substrate composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the substrate. means.
  • the base material is preferably one having high thickness accuracy, that is, one in which variation in thickness is suppressed regardless of the part.
  • materials that can be used to construct such a substrate with high thickness accuracy include polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, and the like. Is mentioned.
  • the base material contains various known additives such as a filler, a colorant, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, an organic lubricant, a catalyst, and a softener (plasticizer) in addition to the main constituent material such as the resin. May be.
  • the substrate may be transparent or opaque, may be colored according to the purpose, or other layers may be deposited.
  • the film for protective film formation has energy-beam sclerosis
  • the substrate is subjected to a roughening treatment such as sandblast treatment, solvent treatment, corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment.
  • the surface may be subjected to oxidation treatment such as ozone / ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, and hot air treatment.
  • the base material may have a surface subjected to primer treatment.
  • the base material prevents the base material from adhering to other sheets or the base material from adhering to the adsorption table when the antistatic coating layer and the protective film-forming composite sheet are stored in an overlapping manner. It may have a layer or the like.
  • the substrate preferably has a surface subjected to electron beam irradiation treatment from the viewpoint that generation of fragments of the substrate due to blade friction during dicing is suppressed.
  • the base material can be manufactured by a known method.
  • a base material containing a resin can be produced by molding a resin composition containing the resin.
  • the said adhesive layer is a sheet form or a film form, and contains an adhesive.
  • the adhesive include adhesive resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, ester resins, and acrylic resins are preferable. .
  • the “adhesive resin” is a concept including both an adhesive resin and an adhesive resin.
  • the resin itself has an adhesive property
  • resins that exhibit tackiness when used in combination with other components such as additives, and resins that exhibit adhesiveness due to the presence of a trigger such as heat or water.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be composed of one layer (single layer), may be composed of two or more layers, and when composed of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other.
  • the combination of the multiple layers is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 60 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 1 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the “thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer” means the thickness of the whole pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers is the total of all layers constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Means the thickness.
  • the optical properties of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer only need to satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be transparent, opaque, or colored depending on the purpose. In the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably capable of transmitting energy rays.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed using an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, or may be formed using a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive can easily adjust the physical properties before and after curing.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • an adhesive layer can be formed in the target site
  • a more specific method for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer will be described later in detail, along with methods for forming other layers.
  • the ratio of the content of components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the components of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • “normal temperature” means a temperature that is not particularly cooled or heated, that is, a normal temperature, and examples thereof include a temperature of 15 to 25 ° C.
  • the adhesive composition may be applied by a known method, for example, an air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater. And a method using various coaters such as a Meyer bar coater and a kiss coater.
  • the drying conditions of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition are not particularly limited, but when the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains a solvent described later, it is preferably heat-dried. In this case, for example, at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to It is preferable to dry under conditions of 5 minutes.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive that is, the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, for example, non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive
  • Energy-ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the linear-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) hereinafter referred to as “adhesive resin (I-2a)”
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
  • the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
  • the acrylic resin the acrylic polymer which has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester at least is mentioned, for example.
  • the acrylic resin may have only one type of structural unit, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include those in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is linear or branched. Is preferred. More specifically, as (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid n-butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, (Meth) acrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl, (meth) acrylic acid isooctyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-
  • the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in which the alkyl group has 4 or more carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 4 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having 4 or more carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably an acrylic acid alkyl ester.
  • the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the functional group-containing monomer for example, the functional group reacts with a cross-linking agent described later to become a starting point of cross-linking, or the functional group reacts with an unsaturated group in the unsaturated group-containing compound described later. And those that allow introduction of an unsaturated group into the side chain of the acrylic polymer.
  • Examples of the functional group in the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and an epoxy group. That is, examples of the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomer examples include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic non-methacrylates such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol Saturated alcohol (unsaturated alcohol which does not have a (meth) acryloyl skeleton) etc. are mentioned.
  • Examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, citracone Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; carboxyalkyl esters of (meth) acrylic acid such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc. It is done.
  • monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid
  • fumaric acid, itaconic acid maleic acid, citracone
  • Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dica
  • the functional group-containing monomer is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
  • the functional group-containing monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 2 to 32% by mass with respect to the total amount of the structural unit. It is particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass.
  • the acrylic polymer may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer.
  • the other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester or the like.
  • Examples of the other monomer include styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide and the like.
  • the other monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the acrylic polymer can be used as the above-mentioned non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the functional group in the acrylic polymer is reacted with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group (energy ray-polymerizable group). It can be used as the resin (I-2a).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and 15 to 90%. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
  • Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays.
  • examples of the monomer include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and 1,4.
  • Polybutyl (meth) acrylates such as butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and 1,6-hexanediol (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate; polyester (meth) acrylate; polyether (meth) acrylate; epoxy ( And (meth) acrylate.
  • examples of the oligomer include an oligomer formed by polymerizing the monomers exemplified above.
  • the energy ray-curable compound is preferably a urethane (meth) acrylate or a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer from the viewpoint that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is hardly lowered.
  • the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
  • the content of the energy ray-curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass, more preferably 5 to 90% by mass, and 10 to 85% by mass. % Is particularly preferred.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-1) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
  • the cross-linking agent reacts with the functional group to cross-link the adhesive resins (I-1a).
  • a crosslinking agent for example, tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, isocyanate-based cross-linking agents such as adducts of these diisocyanates (cross-linking agents having an isocyanate group); epoxy-based cross-linking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether ( Cross-linking agent having a glycidyl group); Aziridine-based cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent having an aziridinyl group) such as hexa [1- (2-methyl) -aziridinyl] triphosphatriazine; Metal chelate-based cross-linking agent such as aluminum chelate (metal) Cross-linking agent having a chelate structure); isocyanurate-based cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent (
  • the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with a curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy Acetophenone compounds such as -2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; Sulfidation of benzylphenyl sulfide, tetramethylthiuram monosulfide, etc.
  • benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethy
  • ⁇ -ketol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; Benzophenone; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone; 2-chloroanthraquinone and the like.
  • a quinone compound such as 1-chloroanthraquinone
  • a photosensitizer such as amine
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray curable compound.
  • the amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • the other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, and tackifiers.
  • known additives such as reaction retarders and crosslinking accelerators (catalysts).
  • the reaction retarding agent means, for example, an undesired crosslinking reaction in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) during storage by the action of the catalyst mixed in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It suppresses progress.
  • the reaction retarder include those that form a chelate complex by chelation against a catalyst, and more specifically, those having two or more carbonyl groups (—C ( ⁇ O) —) in one molecule. Can be mentioned.
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain a solvent. Since the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent, the suitability for coating on the surface to be coated is improved.
  • the solvent is preferably an organic solvent.
  • organic solvent include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters such as ethyl acetate (carboxylic acid esters); ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; cyclohexane and n-hexane and the like.
  • ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and
  • the solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be used as it is in the adhesive composition (I-1) without being removed from the adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the same or different type of solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be added separately during the production of the adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) is an energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the non-energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). (I-2a) is contained.
  • the adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.
  • the unsaturated group-containing compound can be bonded to the adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) in addition to the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.
  • a compound having a group examples include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group (ethenyl group), allyl group (2-propenyl group) and the like, and (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the group capable of binding to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include, for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group that can be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an amino group, and a hydroxyl group and an amino group that can be bonded to a carboxy group or an epoxy group. Etc.
  • Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth) acryloyl isocyanate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
  • an adhesive composition ( I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.
  • Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same crosslinking agents as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a).
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing the photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with the curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
  • Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a). 0.03 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.05 to 5 parts by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • Examples of the other additive in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) contains the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and 15 to 90%. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
  • Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays. Examples thereof include the same energy ray curable compounds contained in the product (I-1).
  • the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
  • the content of the energy ray-curable compound is 0.01 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a). It is preferably 0.03 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently undergoes a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
  • Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01 to about 100 parts by mass of the total content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and the energy ray curable compound.
  • the amount is preferably 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
  • Examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) include non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions in addition to the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • Non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions include, for example, acrylic resin, urethane resin, rubber resin, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, ester resin, etc.
  • An adhesive composition (I-4) containing an adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferable, and an adhesive composition containing an acrylic resin is preferred.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) preferably contains one or more kinds of crosslinking agents, and the content thereof is the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. It can be the same as in the case of (I-1).
  • Adhesive resin (I-1a) examples of the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same as the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and 15 to 90%. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-4) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
  • Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same crosslinking agents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately adjusted.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably non-energy ray curable. This is because when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is energy ray curable, it is sometimes impossible to suppress the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from being simultaneously cured when the protective film-forming film is cured by irradiation with energy rays. If the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is cured at the same time as the protective film-forming film, the cured protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may stick to the interface so as not to be peeled off.
  • a cured protective film-forming film that is, a semiconductor chip provided with a protective film on the back surface (in this specification, sometimes referred to as “semiconductor chip with protective film”) is cured adhesive layer. It becomes difficult to peel off from the support sheet provided with, and the semiconductor chip with a protective film cannot be picked up normally.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-energy ray curable with the support sheet in the present invention, such a problem can be reliably avoided and a semiconductor chip with a protective film can be picked up more easily.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) It is obtained by blending each component for constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive and components other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive, if necessary.
  • the order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
  • a solvent it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance.
  • the method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
  • the temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
  • ⁇ ⁇
  • Ra surface roughness
  • the protective film forming film when at least one surface ( ⁇ ) has a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.038 ⁇ m or more, appropriate reworkability is imparted. That is, when a protective film forming film is attached to a position shifted from a predetermined position with respect to the semiconductor wafer, the protective film forming film can be smoothly peeled off from the semiconductor wafer, and the protective film forming film is peeled off. By attaching another new protective film-forming film to the correct position on the semiconductor wafer, the semiconductor wafer can be used for manufacturing without wasting the semiconductor wafer.
  • the adhesive strength between the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is preferably 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm, and preferably 52 to 1450 mN / 25 mm. More preferably, it is 53 to 1430 mN / 25 mm.
  • the adhesive force is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, pickup of a semiconductor chip with a protective film other than the target is suppressed during pickup of the semiconductor chip with a protective film, and the target semiconductor chip with a protective film is highly selectively picked up. it can.
  • the adhesive force is equal to or less than the upper limit value, cracking and chipping of the semiconductor chip are suppressed when the semiconductor chip with a protective film is picked up.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film has better pickup suitability.
  • the laminated structure of the cured product of the support sheet and the protective film-forming film (in other words, the support sheet and the protective film) is maintained.
  • this laminate structure is referred to as a “composite sheet for forming a protective film”.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet can be measured by the following method. That is, a protective film-forming composite sheet having a width of 25 mm and an arbitrary length is attached to an adherend by the protective film-forming film. Next, after irradiating energy rays to cure the protective film-forming film to form a protective film, the support sheet is peeled off at a peeling speed of 300 mm / min from this protective film applied to the adherend. At this time, the support sheet is peeled in the length direction (the length direction of the composite sheet for forming the protective film) so that the surfaces of the protective film and the support sheet that are in contact with each other form an angle of 180 °. The so-called 180 ° peeling is performed. And the load (peeling force) at the time of this 180 degree
  • the length of the composite sheet for forming a protective film used for the measurement is not particularly limited as long as the adhesive force can be stably detected, but is preferably 100 to 300 mm. In the measurement, it is preferable that the protective sheet-forming composite sheet is stuck on the adherend and the sticking state of the protective film-forming composite sheet is stabilized.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 80 mN / 25 mm or more, preferably 100 mN / 25 mm or more, It is more preferably 150 mN / 25 mm or more, and particularly preferably 200 mN / 25 mm or more.
  • peeling between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is suppressed during dicing. For example, from a support sheet for a semiconductor chip having a protective film-forming film on the back surface Is prevented from scattering.
  • the upper limit value of the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is not particularly limited, and can be any of, for example, 4000 mN / 25 mm, 3500 mN / 25 mm, 3000 mN / 25 mm, and the like. However, these are examples.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is between the protective film and the support sheet, except that the protective film-forming film used for measurement is not cured by irradiation with energy rays. It can be measured by the same method as adhesive strength.
  • the above-mentioned adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet and the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet are, for example, the types and amounts of the components contained in the protective film-forming film, It can adjust suitably by adjusting the constituent material of the layer which provides the film for protective film formation, the surface state of this layer, etc.
  • the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming film can be adjusted by the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming composition described below. And among the components of the composition for forming a protective film, for example, the type and content of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group, the content of the filler (d), or the crosslinking agent (f) By adjusting the content of, the adhesive force between the protective film or the protective film-forming film and the support sheet can be adjusted more easily.
  • the constituent material can be adjusted as appropriate by adjusting the type and amount of components contained in the adhesive layer. .
  • the kind and quantity of the component of an adhesive layer can be adjusted with the kind and quantity of the component of an above-mentioned adhesive composition.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film or the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is not limited to the constituent material of the base material. The surface condition of the substrate can also be adjusted.
  • the surface state of the base material is, for example, the surface treatment mentioned above as improving the adhesion with the other layers of the base material, that is, the concavo-convex treatment by sandblasting, solvent treatment, etc .; corona discharge treatment, It can be adjusted by performing any one of an electron beam irradiation treatment, a plasma treatment, an ozone / ultraviolet ray irradiation treatment, a flame treatment, a chromic acid treatment, a hot air treatment and the like; and a primer treatment.
  • the protective film-forming film has energy beam curability, and examples thereof include those containing an energy beam curative component (a).
  • the energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably tacky, and more preferably uncured and tacky.
  • the protective film-forming film may be only one layer (single layer), or may be two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other. The combination is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the protective film-forming film is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 5 to 75 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or more than the lower limit value, a protective film having higher protective ability can be formed.
  • the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or less than the upper limit, an excessive thickness is suppressed.
  • the “thickness of the protective film-forming film” means the thickness of the entire protective film-forming film.
  • the thickness of the protective film-forming film composed of a plurality of layers means the protective film-forming film. Means the total thickness of all the layers that make up.
  • the curing conditions for forming the protective film by curing the protective film-forming film are not particularly limited as long as the protective film has a degree of curing that sufficiently exhibits its function, and the type of the protective film-forming film is not limited. Accordingly, it may be appropriately selected.
  • the illuminance of the energy rays when the protective film-forming film is cured is preferably 4 to 280 mW / cm 2 .
  • the amount of energy rays during the curing is preferably 3 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 .
  • the protective film-forming film can be formed using a protective film-forming composition containing the constituent materials.
  • the protective film-forming film can be formed at the target site by applying the protective film-forming composition to the surface on which the protective film-forming film is to be formed and drying it as necessary.
  • the content ratio of components that do not vaporize at room temperature is usually the same as the content ratio of the components of the film for forming a protective film.
  • “normal temperature” is as described above.
  • Coating of the composition for forming a protective film may be performed by a known method, for example, air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, Examples include a method using various coaters such as a screen coater, a Meyer bar coater, and a kiss coater.
  • the drying conditions of the protective film-forming composition are not particularly limited, but the protective film-forming composition is preferably heat-dried when it contains a solvent described later. In this case, for example, 70 to 130 ° C. It is preferable to dry under conditions of 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • composition for forming protective film (IV-1) examples include a protective film forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray curable component (a).
  • the energy ray-curable component (a) is a component that is cured by irradiation with energy rays, and is also a component for imparting film-forming property, flexibility, and the like to the protective film-forming film.
  • Examples of the energy ray-curable component (a) include a polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and a weight average molecular weight of 80000 to 2000000, and an energy ray-curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80000.
  • a compound (a2) is mentioned.
  • the polymer (a1) may be at least partially crosslinked by a crosslinking agent (f) described later, or may not be crosslinked.
  • the weight average molecular weight means a polystyrene equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.
  • Polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 examples include an acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group capable of reacting with a group of another compound, An acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by polymerizing a group that reacts with a functional group and an energy ray curable compound (a12) having an energy ray curable group such as an energy ray curable double bond. .
  • Examples of the functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a substituted amino group (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom). Group), an epoxy group, and the like.
  • the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group from the viewpoint of preventing corrosion of a circuit such as a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
  • the functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.
  • the acrylic polymer (a11) having the functional group examples include those obtained by copolymerizing an acrylic monomer having the functional group and an acrylic monomer having no functional group. In addition to monomers, monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers) may be copolymerized.
  • the acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.
  • acrylic monomer having a functional group examples include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, a substituted amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomer examples include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic non-methacrylates such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol Saturated alcohol (unsaturated alcohol which does not have a (meth) acryloyl skeleton) etc. are mentioned.
  • Examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, citracone Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; carboxyalkyl esters of (meth) acrylic acid such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc. It is done.
  • monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid
  • fumaric acid, itaconic acid maleic acid, citracone
  • Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dica
  • the acrylic monomer having a functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
  • the acrylic monomer having the functional group that constitutes the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
  • acrylic monomer having no functional group examples include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate n.
  • acrylic monomer having no functional group examples include alkoxy such as methoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, and ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the acrylic monomer which does not have the functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
  • non-acrylic monomer examples include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
  • the said non-acrylic monomer which comprises the said acrylic polymer (a11) may be only 1 type, may be 2 or more types, and when it is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
  • the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the acrylic monomer having the functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer is 0.1 to 50 mass. %, More preferably 1 to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass.
  • the acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerization of the acrylic polymer (a11) and the energy ray-curable compound (a12) The content of the linear curable group can easily adjust the degree of curing of the first protective film within a preferable range.
  • the acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
  • the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) is preferably 1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 2 to 30% by mass. A content of ⁇ 20% by weight is particularly preferred.
  • the energy ray curable compound (a12) is one or two selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group and a carboxy group as a group capable of reacting with the functional group of the acrylic polymer (a11). Those having the above are preferred, and those having an isocyanate group as the group are more preferred. For example, when the energy beam curable compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the functional group.
  • the energy ray curable compound (a12) preferably has 1 to 5 energy ray curable groups in one molecule, and more preferably 1 to 3 energy ray curable groups.
  • Examples of the energy ray-curable compound (a12) include 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, meta-isopropenyl- ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, methacryloyl isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, 1,1- (bisacryloyloxymethyl).
  • Ethyl isocyanate An acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by reacting a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound with hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate; Examples thereof include an acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by a reaction of a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound, a polyol compound, and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the energy beam curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.
  • the energy ray-curable compound (a12) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
  • the content of the energy beam curable group derived from the energy beam curable compound (a12) with respect to the content of the functional group derived from the acrylic polymer (a11). is preferably 20 to 120 mol%, more preferably 35 to 100 mol%, and particularly preferably 50 to 100 mol%. When the ratio of the content is within such a range, the adhesive force of the protective film formed by curing is further increased.
  • the upper limit of the content ratio is 100 mol%
  • the energy ray curable compound (a12) is a polyfunctional compound (having two or more of the groups in one molecule)
  • the upper limit of the content ratio may exceed 100 mol%.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (a1) is preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 300,000 to 1500,000.
  • the polymer (a1) is at least partly crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f)
  • the polymer (a1) is described as constituting the acrylic polymer (a11).
  • a monomer that does not correspond to any of the above-described monomers and has a group that reacts with the crosslinking agent (f) is polymerized to be crosslinked at the group that reacts with the crosslinking agent (f).
  • the group which reacts with the said functional group derived from the said energy-beam curable compound (a12) what was bridge
  • the polymer (a1) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Compound (a2) having an energy ray curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 examples include a group containing an energy ray curable double bond. Preferred examples include (meth) An acryloyl group, a vinyl group, etc. are mentioned.
  • the compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above conditions, but has a low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group, an epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group, and an energy ray curable group.
  • a phenol resin etc. are mentioned.
  • examples of the low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group include polyfunctional monomers or oligomers, and an acrylate compound having a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
  • examples of the acrylate compound include 2-hydroxy-3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propoxylated ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, and 2,2-bis [4 -((Meth) acryloxypolyethoxy) phenyl] propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxydiethoxy) phenyl] propane, 9,9-bis [4- (2- (meth) acryloyloxyethoxy) phenyl] fluorene, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxypolypropoxy) phenyl] propane,
  • the epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group and the phenol resin having an energy ray curable group are described in, for example, paragraph 0043 of “JP 2013-194102 A”. Things can be used.
  • Such a resin corresponds to a resin constituting the thermosetting component (h) described later, but is treated as the compound (a2) in the present invention.
  • the compound (a2) preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 100 to 30,000, more preferably 300 to 10,000.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the compound (a2) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and combinations of two or more kinds.
  • the ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group When the protective film forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film forming film contain the compound (a2) as the energy ray curable component (a), the polymer further does not have an energy ray curable group. It is also preferable to contain (b).
  • the polymer (b) may be at least partially crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f) or may not be crosslinked.
  • polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group examples include acrylic polymers, phenoxy resins, urethane resins, polyesters, rubber resins, acrylic urethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), butyral resins, and polyester urethanes. Examples thereof include resins.
  • the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “acrylic polymer (b-1)”).
  • the acrylic polymer (b-1) may be a known one, for example, a homopolymer of one acrylic monomer or a copolymer of two or more acrylic monomers. Alternatively, it may be a copolymer of one or two or more acrylic monomers and a monomer (non-acrylic monomer) other than one or two or more acrylic monomers.
  • acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) examples include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton, glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester, Examples include hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters and substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters.
  • substituted amino group is as described above.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, and n- (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as isobornyl (meth) acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate; (Meth) acrylic acid aralkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid benzyl; (Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl ester; Examples include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyloxyethyl ester.
  • Examples of the glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic ester include glycidyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and 3-hydroxy (meth) acrylate. Examples include propyl, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • Examples of the substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) examples include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
  • the reactive functional group in the polymer (b) is a crosslinking agent (f ).
  • the reactive functional group may be appropriately selected according to the type of the crosslinking agent (f) and the like, and is not particularly limited.
  • the crosslinking agent (f) is a polyisocyanate compound
  • examples of the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and an amino group. Among these, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with an isocyanate group. Is preferred.
  • the crosslinking agent (f) is an epoxy compound
  • examples of the reactive functional group include a carboxy group, an amino group, an amide group, etc. Among them, a carboxy group having high reactivity with an epoxy group. Groups are preferred.
  • the reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group in terms of preventing corrosion of a circuit of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
  • Examples of the polymer (b) having the reactive functional group and not having the energy ray-curable group include those obtained by polymerizing at least the monomer having the reactive functional group.
  • examples of the polymer (b) having a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group include those obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester.
  • Examples of the acrylic monomer or non-acrylic monomer include those obtained by polymerizing a monomer in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with the reactive functional group.
  • the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the monomer having the reactive functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer (b) is 1 to 25.
  • the mass is preferably 2, and more preferably 2 to 20 mass%. When the ratio is within such a range, the degree of cross-linking becomes a more preferable range in the polymer (b).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group is 10,000 to 2,000,000 from the viewpoint that the film-forming property of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) becomes better. It is preferably 100000 to 1500,000.
  • the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of more than species, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Examples of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) include those containing one or both of the polymer (a1) and the compound (a2).
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the compound (a2), it preferably contains a polymer (b) that does not have an energy ray-curable group. It is also preferable to contain (a1). Further, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) does not contain the compound (a2) and contains both the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. It may be.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the polymer (a1), the compound (a2) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group
  • the protective film-forming composition In (IV-1) the content of the compound (a2) is 10 to 10 parts per 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group.
  • the amount is preferably 400 parts by mass, and more preferably 30 to 350 parts by mass.
  • the total content of the energy beam curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group with respect to the total content of components other than the solvent is 5 to 95% by mass. It is preferably 10 to 93% by mass, more preferably 15 to 91% by mass. When the ratio of the total content is within such a range, the energy ray curability of the protective film-forming film becomes better.
  • the protective film forming composition (IV-1) contains the energy beam curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group
  • the protective film forming composition (IV-1) ) And the protective film-forming film the content of the polymer (b) is preferably 3 to 160 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable component (a). More preferably, it is ⁇ 130 parts by mass.
  • the content of the polymer (b) is in such a range, the energy ray curability of the protective film-forming film becomes better.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) comprises a photopolymerization initiator (c) depending on the purpose.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray-curable component (a) and the thermosetting component (h) the protective film-forming film formed is heated. Adhesive strength to the adherend is improved, and the strength of the protective film formed from this protective film-forming film is also improved.
  • Photopolymerization initiator (c) examples include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin methyl benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2 Acetophenone compounds such as -hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenyl Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as phosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; sulfides such as benzylphenyl sulfide and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide Compound; ⁇ -ketol compound such as 1-hydroxy
  • the photopolymerization initiator (c) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator (c) is 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable compound (a).
  • the amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the protective film-forming film contains the filler (d)
  • the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film can easily adjust the thermal expansion coefficient.
  • the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved.
  • the moisture absorption rate of a protective film can be reduced or heat dissipation can be improved because the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d).
  • the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface ( ⁇ ) can be easily adjusted in the protective film-forming film. is there.
  • the filler (d) include those made of a heat conductive material.
  • the filler (d) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but is preferably an inorganic filler.
  • Preferred inorganic fillers include, for example, powders of silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, bengara, silicon carbide, boron nitride, and the like; beads formed by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; surface modification of these inorganic fillers Products; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; glass fibers and the like.
  • the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina, and more preferably epoxy-modified silica.
  • the average particle size of the filler (d) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 to 15 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 10 ⁇ m. .
  • the filler (d) has an average particle size of 0.05 to 0.1 ⁇ m.
  • “average particle size” means the value of the particle size (D 50 ) at an integrated value of 50% in the particle size distribution curve obtained by the laser diffraction scattering method, unless otherwise specified. .
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the filler (d) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and combinations of two or more types.
  • the ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the ratio of the content of the filler (d) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, for forming the protective film) is preferably 2 to 83% by mass, more preferably 3 to 68% by mass, and further preferably 4 to 30% by mass.
  • the content of the filler (d) is in such a range, the adjustment of the thermal expansion coefficient becomes easier.
  • Coupleling agent (e) By using a coupling agent (e) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesion of the protective film-forming film to the adherend can be improved. Further, by using the coupling agent (e), the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film has improved water resistance without impairing the heat resistance.
  • the coupling agent (e) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional group of the energy beam curable component (a), the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group, and the like. More preferably, it is a silane coupling agent.
  • silane coupling agent examples include 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-aminoethylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-amino Ethylamino) propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (phenylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropi Examples include trimethoxysilane, 3-
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the coupling agent (e) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the coupling agent (e) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film includes the energy ray curable component (a) and the energy. It is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (b) having no linear curable group, The amount is particularly preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the content of the coupling agent (e) is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the dispersibility of the filler (d) in the resin is improved and the adhesion of the protective film-forming film to the adherend is improved. The effect by using a coupling agent (e) etc. is acquired more notably. Moreover, generation
  • Crosslinking agent (f) By using the crosslinking agent (F) and crosslinking the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable component (a) or energy beam curable group, the initial adhesive force and cohesive force of the protective film-forming film. Can be adjusted.
  • crosslinking agent (f) examples include organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), aziridine crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an aziridinyl group), and the like. Is mentioned.
  • organic polyvalent isocyanate compound examples include an aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and an alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound (hereinafter, these compounds are collectively referred to as “aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and the like”).
  • a trimer such as the aromatic polyisocyanate compound, isocyanurate and adduct; a terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer obtained by reacting the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and the polyol compound. Etc.
  • the “adduct body” includes the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, the aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, or the alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and a low amount of ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane, castor oil, or the like. It means a reaction product with a molecularly active hydrogen-containing compound, and examples thereof include an xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane as described later.
  • the “terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer” means a prepolymer having a urethane bond and an isocyanate group at the end of the molecule.
  • organic polyvalent isocyanate compound for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate; 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-4 Dimethylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; trimethylol Any one of tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate is added to all or some hydroxyl groups of a polyol such as propane. Or two or more compounds are added; lysine diisocyanate.
  • a polyol such as propane.
  • organic polyvalent imine compound examples include N, N′-diphenylmethane-4,4′-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri- ⁇ -aziridinylpropionate, and tetramethylolmethane.
  • -Tri- ⁇ -aziridinylpropionate, N, N′-toluene-2,4-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide) triethylenemelamine and the like.
  • the crosslinking agent (f) When an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (f), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the energy ray curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group.
  • the crosslinking agent (f) has an isocyanate group, and the energy ray-curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group has a hydroxyl group, the crosslinking agent (f) and the energy ray-curable property.
  • a cross-linked structure can be easily introduced into the protective film-forming film by reaction with the component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group.
  • the crosslinking agent (f) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, or a combination of two or more types.
  • the ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent (f) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is such that the energy ray-curable component (a) and the energy ray-curable group having no energy ray-curable group are contained.
  • the total content of the combined (b) is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by weight, and 0.5 to 5 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight. It is particularly preferred.
  • the content of the cross-linking agent (f) is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, the effect of using the cross-linking agent (f) is more remarkably obtained.
  • the excessive use of a crosslinking agent (f) is suppressed because the said content of a crosslinking agent (f) is below the said upper limit.
  • Colorant (g) examples include known pigments such as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and organic dyes.
  • organic pigments and organic dyes examples include aminium dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, croconium dyes, squalium dyes, azurenium dyes, polymethine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, pyrylium dyes, and phthalocyanines.
  • the inorganic pigment examples include carbon black, cobalt dye, iron dye, chromium dye, titanium dye, vanadium dye, zirconium dye, molybdenum dye, ruthenium dye, platinum dye, ITO ( Indium tin oxide) dyes, ATO (antimony tin oxide) dyes, and the like.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the colorant (g) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and combinations of two or more kinds.
  • the ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the colorant (g) in the protective film-forming film may be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose.
  • the protective film may be printed by laser irradiation, and by adjusting the content of the colorant (g) in the protective film-forming film and adjusting the light transmittance of the protective film, the print visibility is improved. Can be adjusted.
  • the ratio of the content of the colorant (g) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, the colorant (g )) Is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.4 to 7.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.8 to 5% by mass.
  • the effect by using a colorant (g) is acquired more notably because the content of the colorant (g) is not less than the lower limit. Moreover, the excessive use of a coloring agent (g) is suppressed because the said content of a coloring agent (g) is below the said upper limit.
  • thermosetting component (h) The thermosetting component (h) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and if two or more kinds, These combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
  • thermosetting component (h) examples include epoxy thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimides, polyurethanes, unsaturated polyesters, and silicone resins, and epoxy thermosetting resins are preferable.
  • the epoxy thermosetting resin includes an epoxy resin (h1) and a thermosetting agent (h2).
  • the epoxy thermosetting resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Epoxy resin (h1) examples include known ones such as polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and hydrogenated products thereof, orthocresol novolac epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resins, Biphenyl type epoxy resins, bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenylene skeleton type epoxy resins, and the like, and bifunctional or higher functional epoxy compounds are listed.
  • an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group may be used as the epoxy resin (h1).
  • An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is more compatible with an acrylic resin than an epoxy resin having no unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is improved by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
  • Examples of the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds obtained by converting a part of the epoxy group of a polyfunctional epoxy resin into a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Such a compound can be obtained, for example, by addition reaction of (meth) acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group. Moreover, as an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple
  • the unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples thereof include ethenyl group (vinyl group), 2-propenyl group (allyl group), (meth) acryloyl group, (meth) An acrylamide group etc. are mentioned, An acryloyl group is preferable.
  • the number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (h1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 30000 from the viewpoint of curability of the protective film-forming film and strength and heat resistance of the protective film, and is preferably 400 to 10,000. More preferably, it is more preferably 500 to 3000.
  • the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (h1) is preferably 100 to 1000 g / eq, and more preferably 150 to 800 g / eq.
  • epoxy resin (h1) one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination, and when two or more types are used in combination, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • thermosetting agent (h2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (h1).
  • a thermosetting agent (h2) the compound which has 2 or more of functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example.
  • the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, a group in which an acid group has been anhydrideized, and the like, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, an amino group, or an acid group has been anhydrideized. It is preferably a group, more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group.
  • thermosetting agents (h2) examples of the phenol-based curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include polyfunctional phenol resins, biphenols, novolac-type phenol resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenol resins, and aralkyl phenol resins.
  • examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amino group include dicyandiamide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “DICY”).
  • the thermosetting agent (h2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
  • the thermosetting agent (h2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group for example, a compound in which a part of the hydroxyl group of the phenol resin is substituted with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, an aromatic ring of the phenol resin, Examples thereof include compounds in which a group having a saturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded.
  • the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (h2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group described above.
  • thermosetting agent (h2) In the case where a phenolic curing agent is used as the thermosetting agent (h2), it is preferable that the thermosetting agent (h2) has a high softening point or glass transition temperature from the viewpoint of improving the peelability of the protective film from the support sheet. .
  • thermosetting agent (h2) for example, the number average molecular weight of the resin component such as polyfunctional phenolic resin, novolac-type phenolic resin, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resin, aralkylphenolic resin, etc. is preferably 300 to 30000, It is more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3000.
  • the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500, for example.
  • thermosetting agent (h2) may be used individually by 1 type, may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
  • the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) is 100% of the epoxy resin (h1).
  • the amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to parts by mass.
  • thermosetting component (h) when used, the content of the thermosetting component (h) (for example, the epoxy resin (h1) and the heat in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film)
  • the total content of the curing agent (h2) is preferably 1 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group.
  • the general-purpose additive (z) may be a known one, and can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Preferred examples include a plasticizer, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, and a gettering agent. Is mentioned.
  • the general-purpose additive (z) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two or more kinds, and when there are two or more kinds, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the general-purpose additive (z) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film is not particularly limited and is appropriately selected according to the purpose. do it.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited, but preferred examples include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutyl alcohol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), and 1-butanol. Esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; amides (compounds having an amide bond) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.
  • the solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is methyl ethyl ketone, toluene, ethyl acetate, or the like from the viewpoint that the components contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) can be mixed more uniformly. It is preferable.
  • the composition for forming a protective film such as the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) can be obtained by blending each component for constituting the composition.
  • the order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
  • a solvent it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
  • the method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
  • the temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
  • a release film having a surface roughness (Ra) of at least one surface of 0.03 to 2.0 ⁇ m referred to as a first release film
  • the composition for forming a protective film can be coated on the surface having the surface roughness, and dried as necessary.
  • the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface of the first release film is preferably 0.03 to 1.8 ⁇ m.
  • the protective film-forming film of the present invention is a protective film-forming film produced as described above, on the surface opposite to the surface on which the first release film is pasted (that is, the surface ( ⁇ )).
  • Another release film (sometimes referred to as a second release film) may be attached.
  • a protective film-forming film provided with a release film may be referred to as a “protective film-forming sheet”.
  • the exposed surface (surface ⁇ ) of the protective film-forming film is blended with a filler having a predetermined average particle diameter in the protective film-forming composition.
  • a surface having a predetermined surface roughness (Ra) is formed.
  • a surface having a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.03 to 2.0 ⁇ m can be formed by blending a filler having an average particle size of 0.01 to 20 ⁇ m.
  • composition for forming a protective film on a surface having a surface roughness of a release film (sometimes referred to as a first release film) having a surface roughness (Ra) of at least one surface of 0.03 to 2.0 ⁇ m
  • a release film sometimes referred to as a first release film
  • Ra surface roughness
  • An object is applied and dried as necessary to form a protective film-forming film, and a second release film is bonded to the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film.
  • Producing the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention by bonding the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film from which the second release film has been peeled (that is, the surface ( ⁇ )) to the surface of the support sheet. Can do.
  • the protective film forming film or protective film forming sheet of the present invention can be used, for example, by the following method. That is, the surface ( ⁇ ) on the side having the first release film of the protective film forming sheet is attached to the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer with the protective film forming film. At this time, when the protective film-forming film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer at a position shifted from the position to be originally attached, the protective film-forming film attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is peeled off.
  • a protective film forming film that has failed to be applied at an appropriate position is affixed to a surface opposite to the surface applied to the semiconductor wafer, that is, the surface ( ⁇ ). Then, the adhesive sheet for rework and the film for forming a protective film that has failed to be adhered are integrally peeled from the semiconductor wafer.
  • the pasted protective film-forming film is used as a rework pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. And can be removed smoothly. That is, it is possible to remove the semiconductor wafer cleanly without damaging the semiconductor wafer due to the peeling force or leaving a part of the protective film forming film on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer. Therefore, after the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is cleaned as it is or as much as necessary, another new protective film forming sheet (protective film forming film) is prepared and the first peeling is performed. The film is peeled off and attached again at an appropriate position on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer.
  • Ra surface roughness
  • the protective film forming film is irradiated with energy rays, the protective film forming film is cured to form a protective film, the second release film is peeled off, and the protective film is exposed.
  • the surface (surface ( ⁇ )) is attached to the support sheet, and the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the protective film by dicing to form semiconductor chips.
  • the semiconductor chip of the obtained semiconductor chip with a protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate in the same manner as the conventional method, and then the semiconductor package is obtained. Then, a target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package.
  • the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention can be used by the method shown below, for example. That is, the protective film-forming composite sheet is attached to the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer with the protective film-forming film. At this time, when the protective film forming composite sheet is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer at a position shifted from the position to be originally applied, the protective film forming composite sheet attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is peeled off. . Specifically, the composite sheet for forming a protective film that has failed to stick to an appropriate position is peeled off from the semiconductor wafer.
  • the attached protective film-forming composite sheet can be smoothly smoothed. Can be peeled off. That is, it is possible to remove the semiconductor wafer cleanly without damaging the semiconductor wafer due to the peeling force or leaving a part of the composite sheet for forming the protective film on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer. Therefore, after the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is cleaned as it is or with the minimum necessary, a new composite sheet for forming a protective film is prepared, and the first release film is peeled off to remove the semiconductor. Affix again at the appropriate position on the back of the wafer.
  • the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the protective film into semiconductor chips by the same method as the conventional method, that is, by irradiating and curing energy rays and dicing. Then, the semiconductor chip is picked up while being separated from the support sheet while the protective film is attached (that is, as a semiconductor chip with a protective film). Thereafter, the semiconductor chip of the obtained semiconductor chip with a protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate in the same manner as the conventional method, and then the semiconductor package is obtained. Then, a target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package.
  • the protective film-forming film or the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention when using the protective film-forming film or the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention, these The order in which the steps are performed may be reversed. That is, after a protective film-forming composite sheet is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the protective film-forming film by dicing to form semiconductor chips. Next, the divided protective film-forming film is irradiated with energy rays, and the protective film-forming film is cured to form a protective film. Thereafter, in the same manner as described above, the semiconductor chip with the protective film may be pulled away from the support sheet and picked up to produce the target semiconductor device.
  • Step (1) The surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet for rework having a base material and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the side opposite to the surface ( ⁇ ) attached to the silicon wafer of the protective film-forming film of the laminate.
  • Step (2) for attaching to ( ⁇ ) Step of peeling off the protective film-forming film attached to the silicon wafer by peeling off the rework adhesive sheet attached in Step (1).
  • the above silicon wafer recycling method has excellent reworkability so that the silicon wafer can be peeled without damaging and producing a residue when it is peeled off after being attached to the silicon wafer. It utilizes the properties of the protective film-forming film of the present invention. Note that this silicon wafer recycling method is not limited to a laminate immediately after the silicon wafer and the surface ( ⁇ ) of the protective film-forming film of the present invention are pasted, but after about 24 hours have passed since the pasting. The present invention can also be applied to a laminate in which the adhesion between the wafer and the protective film-forming film is improved.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a base material and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is a surface ( ⁇ ) opposite to the surface ( ⁇ ) affixed to the silicon wafer of the protective film-forming film of the laminate. ).
  • the rework pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used in this step has a base material and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • a support body which consists of an adhesive sheet
  • a resin film is preferable.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited as long as the pressure-sensitive adhesive has an adhesive force that can peel the protective film-forming sheet from the silicon wafer in the step (2).
  • Specific examples of the pressure sensitive adhesive include acrylic pressure sensitive adhesive, urethane pressure sensitive adhesive, and silicone pressure sensitive adhesive.
  • the shape of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet for rework is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of operability in the next step (2), the same shape as the protective film-forming sheet or the protective film-forming composite sheet, or protective film formation An adhesive sheet having a shape larger than that of the protective sheet or the protective film-forming composite sheet is preferred.
  • a support sheet in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention or a commercially available dicing sheet can be used.
  • the present step as a method for applying the surface ( ⁇ ) and the adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet, it may be applied using an apparatus or may be performed manually.
  • Step (2) is a step of peeling off the protective film-forming film attached to the silicon wafer by peeling off the rework adhesive sheet attached in step (1).
  • the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface ( ⁇ ) affixed to the silicon wafer of the protective film-forming film of the present invention is adjusted to the above range, the surface ( ⁇ ) in step (1) is adjusted.
  • the protective film-forming film is also peeled off together, and the protective film-forming film can be peeled off from the silicon wafer.
  • the adhesive tape may be peeled off using an apparatus, but from the viewpoint of operability, the adhesive sheet may be peeled off manually to peel the protective film-forming film from the silicon wafer. preferable.
  • the surface of the silicon wafer may be washed with an organic solvent such as ethanol as necessary.
  • an organic solvent such as ethanol
  • Energy ray curable component (a2) -1 Tricyclodecane dimethylol diacrylate (“KAYARAD R-684”, bifunctional ultraviolet curable compound, molecular weight 304, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • Acrylic resin weight average molecular weight 300000, glass transition temperature ⁇ 1 ° C.
  • Photopolymerization initiator (c) -1 2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzyl-1-butanone (“Irgacure (registered trademark) 369” manufactured by BASF)
  • D) -2 Silica filler (surface modifying group: epoxy group) average particle size 50 nm
  • Colorant (g) -1 32 parts by mass of phthalocyanine blue pigment (Pigment Blue 15: 3), 18 parts by mass of isoindolinone yellow pigment (Pigment Yellow 139), and anthraquinone red pigment (Pigment Red 177)
  • a pigment obtained by mixing 50 parts by mass and pigmenting the mixture so that the total amount of the three kinds of dyes / the amount of styrene acrylic resin 1/3 (mass ratio).
  • a protective film-forming composition (IV-1) having a solid content concentration of 50% by mass was prepared.
  • the compounding quantity of each component shown here is all solid content.
  • the description of “-” in the column of the component in Table 1 means that the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) does not contain the component.
  • the release of the second release film (“SP-PET 382150” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 ⁇ m, hereinafter referred to as “P2”) in which one side of the polyethylene terephthalate film has been subjected to release treatment by silicone treatment.
  • the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film (13) -1 obtained above is bonded to the treated surface, so that the first release film, the protective film-forming film (13) -1 and the second release film are A protective film-forming sheet was produced that was laminated in this order in the thickness direction.
  • Example 2 As the first release film, the same as Example 1 except that instead of P3, a release film using polyethylene terephthalate with a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.040 ⁇ m (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “P4”) was used. Thus, a protective film-forming sheet was produced.
  • P4 polyethylene terephthalate with a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.040 ⁇ m
  • Example 3 As the second release film, a release film using polyethylene terephthalate having a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.040 ⁇ m (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “P4”) is used instead of P3, and a protective film-forming film (13 ) -1 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the protective film-forming film (13) -2 was used.
  • the protective film-forming film (13) -2 is the protective film-forming film of Example 1 except that 5 parts by mass of filler (d) -2 was used instead of 2 parts by mass of filler (d) -1. It was produced in the same manner as film (13) -1.
  • Example 4 (Production of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4)) Contains an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, solid content) and a trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent (“Takenate D110N” manufactured by Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (10.7 parts by mass, solid content), and further as a solvent A non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) containing methyl ethyl ketone and having a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared.
  • the acrylic polymer is obtained by copolymerizing 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “2EHA”) (36 parts by mass), BA (59 parts by mass), and HEA (5 parts by mass).
  • the weight average molecular weight is 600,000.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) obtained above was applied to the release-treated surface of a release film (“SP-PET 381031” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 ⁇ m) obtained by releasing one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment. ) And dried by heating at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes to form a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m.
  • SP-PET 381031 manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 ⁇ m
  • a polypropylene film (Young's modulus: 400 MPa, thickness: 80 ⁇ m, hereinafter sometimes referred to as “S1”) is bonded to the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer as a base material, thereby one surface of the base material.
  • a support sheet (10) -1 having the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer thereon was obtained.
  • a composite sheet for forming a protective film is produced by laminating the surfaces, a base material, an adhesive layer, a protective film forming film (13) -1 and a film (P3) laminated in this thickness direction in this order. did.
  • Table 2 shows the structure of the obtained protective sheet-forming composite sheet.
  • Example 1 The protective film was the same as in Example 1 except that a film using polyethylene terephthalate having a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.026 ⁇ m (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “P5”) was used as the first release film.
  • a forming sheet was prepared.
  • Comparative Example 2 A protective film as in Example 1 except that a film using polyethylene terephthalate having a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.020 ⁇ m (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “P6”) was used as the first release film. A forming sheet was prepared.
  • Example 3 As the first release film, a film (P6) using polyethylene terephthalate having a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.020 ⁇ m was used, and instead of the protective film-forming film (13) -1, a protective film-forming film (13 ) -2 was used, and a protective film-forming sheet was produced in the same manner as in Example 1.
  • the protective film-forming film (13) -2 is the protective film-forming film of Example 1 except that 5 parts by mass of filler (d) -2 was used instead of 2 parts by mass of filler (d) -1. It was produced in the same manner as film (13) -1.
  • Example 4 A protective film as in Example 4 except that a film (P5) using polyethylene terephthalate having a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.026 ⁇ m was used instead of the polyethylene terephthalate film (P3) as the release film. A forming sheet was prepared. The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) was applied to the surface of the film (P5) having the surface roughness (Ra).
  • the second release film is removed at room temperature (25 ° C.), and the surface of the exposed protective film-forming film is used as a rework pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. Then, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer surface of a commercially available general-purpose dicing tape (product name “Adwill D-510T” manufactured by Lintec Corporation) was attached.
  • a commercially available general-purpose dicing tape product name “Adwill D-510T” manufactured by Lintec Corporation
  • the reworkability of the protective film-forming sheet was evaluated according to the following criteria by observing whether or not the forming film could be peeled from the silicon wafer, and the presence or absence of residue on the surface of the peeled silicon wafer.
  • A The protective film-forming film was completely peeled from the silicon wafer. No residue of the protective film-forming film that can be visually confirmed was observed on the peeled silicon wafer. Or, the protective film-forming film could be peeled off from the silicon wafer, but some residual film of the protective film-forming film was seen on the peeled silicon wafer and could be completely removed by wiping with ethanol. Met.
  • X The silicon wafer was damaged during peeling.
  • the protective film-forming film could be peeled off without damaging the silicon wafer, but the remaining silicon film after the peeling was difficult to wipe off with ethanol. It was. Alternatively, it was judged as defective (x) when it was found that peeling was not possible even if the silicon wafer was not broken until it was damaged.
  • the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface ( ⁇ ) of the protective film-forming film Is less than 0.038 ⁇ m, the semiconductor wafer is damaged when the protective film forming film is peeled off from the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, or a part of the protective film forming film remains on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer. It happened and the reworkability was poor.
  • the present invention can be used for manufacturing semiconductor devices.
  • protective film forming composite sheet 1F protective film forming sheet 10 ... support sheet 10a ... support sheet surface 11 ... substrate 11a ... ⁇ Surface 12 of the substrate ⁇ Adhesive layer 12a ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Surface 13 and 23 of the adhesive layer ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Films 13a and 23a for protective film formation ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ 15 of the film for protective film formation ⁇ Peeling Film 16 ... Jig adhesive layer 16a ... Jig adhesive layer surface

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Dicing (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Adhesives Or Adhesive Processes (AREA)
  • Application Of Or Painting With Fluid Materials (AREA)
  • Physical Vapour Deposition (AREA)
  • Non-Metallic Protective Coatings For Printed Circuits (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to an energy ray-curable film for forming a protective film. The surface roughness (Ra) of at least one surface (α) of the film for forming the protective film is at least 0.038 µm. The surface roughness (Ra) of said surface (α) is preferably not more than 2.0 µm.

Description

保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートProtective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
　本発明は、保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートに関する。
　本願は、２０１６年４月２８日に、日本に出願された特願２０１６－０９２０９７号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。 The present invention relates to a protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet.
This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-092097 filed in Japan on April 28, 2016, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
　近年、いわゆるフェースダウン（ｆａｃｅ　ｄｏｗｎ）方式と呼ばれる実装法を適用した半導体装置の製造が行われている。フェースダウン方式においては、回路面上にバンプ等の電極を有する半導体チップが用いられ、前記電極が基板と接合される。このため、半導体チップの回路面とは反対側の裏面は剥き出しとなることがある。 In recent years, a semiconductor device using a mounting method called a so-called face-down method has been manufactured. In the face-down method, a semiconductor chip having electrodes such as bumps on a circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to a substrate. For this reason, the back surface opposite to the circuit surface of the semiconductor chip may be exposed.
　この剥き出しとなった半導体チップの裏面には、保護膜として、有機材料を含有する樹脂膜が形成され、保護膜付き半導体チップとして半導体装置に取り込まれることがある。保護膜は、ダイシング工程やパッケージングの後に、半導体チップにおいてクラックが発生するのを防止するために利用される。 A resin film containing an organic material is formed as a protective film on the exposed back surface of the semiconductor chip and may be taken into the semiconductor device as a semiconductor chip with a protective film. The protective film is used to prevent cracks from occurring in the semiconductor chip after the dicing process or packaging.
　このような保護膜や接着膜の形成材料として、様々な樹脂膜形成用シートが提案されている。
　例えば、特許文献１には、アクリル系共重合体からなるポリマー成分、エネルギー線硬化成分、染料又は顔料、無機充填剤、及び光重合開始剤を含むエネルギー線硬化型膜形成成分が二枚の剥離シートに挟持された構成を有するチップ保護用フィルムが開示されている。特許文献１の記載によれば、当該チップ保護用フィルムは、エネルギー線の照射によって、レーザーマーキング認識性、硬度、及びウエハとの密着性を向上させた保護膜を形成することが可能であり、従来のチップ保護用フィルムに比べて、工程の簡略化が可能とされている。 Various resin film forming sheets have been proposed as materials for forming such protective films and adhesive films.
For example, in Patent Document 1, an energy ray curable film-forming component containing a polymer component made of an acrylic copolymer, an energy ray curable component, a dye or pigment, an inorganic filler, and a photopolymerization initiator is peeled off. A film for protecting a chip having a structure sandwiched between sheets is disclosed. According to the description of Patent Document 1, the film for chip protection can form a protective film with improved laser marking recognizability, hardness, and adhesion with a wafer by irradiation with energy rays. The process can be simplified as compared with conventional film for chip protection.
　また、特許文献２には、基材及び粘着剤を有するダイシングテープと、当該ダイシングテープの粘着剤層上に、着色され、且つ所定の弾性率を有するウエハ裏面保護フィルムを有する、ダイシングテープ一体型ウエハ裏面保護フィルムが開示されている。
　特許文献２の記載によれば、当該ウエハ裏面保護フィルムは、半導体ウエハのダイシング工程において、半導体ウエハとの優れた保持力を発揮することが可能とされている。 Patent Document 2 discloses a dicing tape integrated type having a dicing tape having a base material and an adhesive, and a wafer back surface protective film that is colored and has a predetermined elastic modulus on the adhesive layer of the dicing tape. A wafer back surface protective film is disclosed.
According to the description in Patent Document 2, the wafer back surface protective film can exhibit excellent holding force with the semiconductor wafer in the dicing process of the semiconductor wafer.
特開２００９－１３８０２６号公報JP 2009-138026 A 特開２０１０－１９９５４３号公報JP 2010-199543 A
　ところで、特許文献１及び２に開示の保護フィルムをウエハに貼付する工程において、保護フィルムの貼付の位置のずれが生じたり、ウエハ上の異物に気付かないまま異物も含まれるように保護フィルムを貼付された場合、保護フィルムを剥離してウエハをリワークすることが難しい。
　特許文献１及び２に開示された保護フィルムは、貼付時のウエハとの密着性や、貼付後のウエハとの保持力の向上を目的としたものであるから、ウエハ上に一旦貼り付くと、ウエハとの密着性が高いために、リワーク性に問題がある。ウエハ上に一度貼付した保護フィルムを強引に剥がそうとすると、剥がす力によってウエハが破損したり、ウエハ上に保護フィルムの一部が残存してしまう場合がある。そのため、一度保護フィルムと貼付したウエハを再利用することは難しい。
　つまり、特許文献１及び２では、記載された保護フィルムについて、貼付時のウエハとの密着性や、貼付時のウエハとの保持力の観点からの検討はされているものの、保護フィルムのリワーク性についての検討は一切なされていない。 By the way, in the process of attaching the protective film disclosed in Patent Documents 1 and 2 to the wafer, the protective film is attached so that the position of the protective film is shifted or the foreign substance is included without being aware of the foreign substance on the wafer. In such a case, it is difficult to rework the wafer by peeling off the protective film.
Since the protective films disclosed in Patent Documents 1 and 2 are intended to improve adhesion to the wafer at the time of sticking and holding power with the wafer after sticking, once attached to the wafer, Since the adhesion to the wafer is high, there is a problem in reworkability. If the protective film once stuck on the wafer is forcibly peeled off, the wafer may be damaged by the peeling force or a part of the protective film may remain on the wafer. Therefore, it is difficult to reuse the wafer once pasted with the protective film.
That is, in Patent Documents 1 and 2, although the protective film described has been studied from the viewpoint of adhesion to the wafer at the time of sticking and holding power to the wafer at the time of sticking, the reworkability of the protective film No consideration has been given to.
　本発明は、上記問題点に鑑みてなされたものであり、リワーク性に優れる保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートを提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object thereof is to provide a protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet that are excellent in reworkability.
　上記課題を解決するため、本発明は、エネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムであって、前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、少なくとも一方の表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が０．０３８μｍ以上である、保護膜形成用フィルムを提供する。
　本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムにおいては、前記表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が２.０μｍ以下であることが好ましい。
　また、本発明は、前記保護膜形成用フィルムを支持シート上に備えてなり、前記保護膜形成用フィルムの前記表面（α）とは反対側の表面（β）が前記支持シートに向い合っている保護膜形成用複合シートを提供する。 In order to solve the above-mentioned problems, the present invention is an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film, wherein the surface roughness (Ra) of at least one surface (α) is 0. A protective film-forming film having a thickness of 038 μm or more is provided.
In the protective film-forming film of the present invention, the surface (α) preferably has a surface roughness (Ra) of 2.0 μm or less.
Moreover, this invention comprises the said film for protective film formation on a support sheet, and the surface ((beta)) on the opposite side to the said surface ((alpha)) of the said film for protective film formation faces the said support sheet. A composite sheet for forming a protective film is provided.
　本発明によれば、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの裏面に保護膜を形成可能であり、良好なリワーク性を有する、エネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルム及びそのような保護膜形成用フィルムを備えた保護膜形成用複合シートが提供される。
　なお、本明細書において、「リワーク性」とは、半導体ウエハに貼付した後、再度剥離する際に、半導体ウエハを破損することなく剥離できる性質のことをいう。 According to the present invention, a protective film can be formed on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip, and has a good rework property, and includes an energy ray curable protective film forming film and such a protective film forming film. A protective sheet-forming composite sheet is provided.
In the present specification, “reworkability” refers to a property that allows the semiconductor wafer to be peeled without being damaged when it is peeled again after being attached to the semiconductor wafer.
本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの一実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically one Embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically other embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically other embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically other embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically other embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically other embodiment of the film for protective film formation of this invention.
◇保護膜形成用フィルム
　本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、エネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムであって、前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、少なくとも一方の表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が０．０３８μｍ以上である。
　本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、少なくとも一方の表面に第１の剥離フィルムを有していてもよく、他方の表面に第２の剥離フィルムを更に有していてもよい。本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、ロール状に巻回した長尺状フィルムとして提供することができる。　図６は、本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムの一実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。図６では、第１の剥離フィルム１５ｂ、保護膜形成用フィルム１３（２３）及び第２の剥離フィルム１５ａが、この順で積層されている。
　本明細書では、保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、半導体ウエハの裏面（すなわち、回路面とは反対側の表面）に貼付する表面を「表面（α）」と称し、半導体ウエハの裏面に貼付される表面とは反対側の表面を「表面（β）」と称する場合がある。
　本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、その少なくとも一方の表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が０．０３８μｍ以上であることが好ましく、２．０μｍ以下であることが好ましい。 ◇ Protective film-forming film The protective film-forming film of the present invention is an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film, and in the protective film-forming film, the surface roughness of at least one surface (α) ( Ra) is 0.038 μm or more.
The protective film-forming film of the present invention may have a first release film on at least one surface, and may further have a second release film on the other surface. The film for forming a protective film of the present invention can be provided as a long film wound in a roll shape. FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of the protective film-forming film of the present invention. In FIG. 6, the 1st peeling film 15b, the protective film formation film 13 (23), and the 2nd peeling film 15a are laminated | stacked in this order.
In this specification, in the protective film forming film, the surface to be attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (that is, the surface opposite to the circuit surface) is referred to as “front surface (α)” and is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer. The surface opposite to the surface may be referred to as “surface (β)”.
In the protective film-forming film of the present invention, the surface roughness (Ra) of at least one surface (α) is preferably 0.038 μm or more, and preferably 2.0 μm or less.
　なお、本明細書において「表面粗さ（Ｒａ）」とは、特に断りのない限り、ＪＩＳ　Ｂ０６０１：２００１に準拠して求められる、いわゆる算術平均粗さを意味する。 In this specification, “surface roughness (Ra)” means a so-called arithmetic average roughness obtained in accordance with JIS B0601: 2001 unless otherwise specified.
　本発明の1つの側面は、エネルギー線硬化性を有し、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの裏面に保護膜を形成するための保護膜形成用フィルムであって、前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、前記半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップに貼付される側の表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が０．０３８μｍ以上である、保護膜形成用フィルムに関する。
　前記半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップに貼付される側の表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）は、
　２．０μｍ以下であることが好ましい。 One aspect of the present invention is a protective film-forming film having energy ray curability and for forming a protective film on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip, wherein the semiconductor The present invention relates to a protective film forming film in which the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface (α) attached to the wafer or semiconductor chip is 0.038 μm or more.
The surface roughness (Ra) of the surface (α) on the side attached to the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip is:
It is preferable that it is 2.0 micrometers or less.
　本発明の別の側面は、第1の剥離フィルムと、前記第1の剥離フィルムに直接接触し、エネルギー線硬化性を有する保護膜形成用フィルムとを備えた保護膜形成用シートであって、前記第1の剥離フィルムに直接接触している側の表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が
０．０３８μｍ以上である、保護膜形成用シートに関する。前記第１の剥離フィルムに貼付されている側の表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）は、２．０μｍ以下であることが好ましい。 Another aspect of the present invention is a protective film-forming sheet comprising a first release film and a protective film-forming film that directly contacts the first release film and has energy ray curability, The present invention relates to a protective film forming sheet in which the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface (α) on the side in direct contact with the first release film is 0.038 μm or more. The surface roughness (Ra) of the surface (α) on the side attached to the first release film is preferably 2.0 μm or less.
　本明細書において、保護膜形成用フィルムの表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）は、実施例に記載の測定方法によって測定することができる。 In this specification, the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface (α) of the protective film-forming film can be measured by the measurement method described in the examples.
◇保護膜形成用複合シート
　本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、支持シート上に、エネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムを備えてなり、前記保護膜形成用フィルムの前記表面（α）とは反対側の表面（β）が前記支持シートに向い合っている保護膜形成用複合シートである。
　本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおける前記保護膜形成用フィルムの前記表面（α）の表面粗さ(Ｒａ)は０．０３８μｍ以上であることが好ましく、２．０μｍ以下であることが好ましい。
　なお、本明細書において、「保護膜形成用フィルム」とは硬化前のものを意味し、「保護膜」とは、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させたものを意味する。また、保護膜形成用複合シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムの表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）は、実施例に記載の測定方法によって測定することができる。 ◇ Composite sheet for forming a protective film The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention comprises an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film on a support sheet, and the surface (α) of the protective film-forming film. 2 is a composite sheet for forming a protective film having a surface (β) opposite to that facing the support sheet.
The surface roughness (Ra) of the surface (α) of the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention is preferably 0.038 μm or more, and more preferably 2.0 μm or less.
In the present specification, the “protective film-forming film” means a film before curing, and the “protective film” means a film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film. Further, the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface (α) of the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet can be measured by the measuring method described in the examples.
　前記保護膜形成用フィルムは、エネルギー線の照射によって硬化し、保護膜となる。この保護膜は、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの裏面（電極形成面とは反対側の面）を保護するためのものである。保護膜形成用フィルムは、軟質であり、貼付対象物に容易に貼付できる。そして、前記保護膜形成用フィルムの、少なくとも一方の表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が０．０３８μｍ以上であることにより、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、良好なリワーク性を有する。
　例えば、半導体ウエハの裏面の目的とする位置からずれた位置に対して保護膜形成用複合シートが貼付された場合でも、半導体ウエハから保護膜形成用複合シートを剥がすことにより、前記半導体ウエハを破損することなく、新たな保護膜形成用複合シートを貼付し直す(リワークする)ことにより、前記半導体ウエハを利用して製品を製造することができる。
　また、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートでは、前記保護膜形成用フィルムがエネルギー線硬化性であることにより、熱硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムを備えた従来の保護膜形成用複合シートの場合よりも、短時間での硬化によって保護膜を形成できる。 The protective film-forming film is cured by irradiation with energy rays and becomes a protective film. This protective film is for protecting the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip. The protective film-forming film is soft and can be easily attached to an object to be attached. And the surface roughness (Ra) of at least one surface ((alpha)) of the said film for protective film formation is 0.038 micrometer or more, The composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention has favorable rework property. Have.
For example, even when the protective film forming composite sheet is attached to a position shifted from the target position on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, the semiconductor wafer is damaged by peeling the protective film forming composite sheet from the semiconductor wafer. The product can be manufactured using the semiconductor wafer by re-applying (reworking) a new protective film-forming composite sheet without re-working.
Further, in the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention, the protective film-forming composite sheet of the conventional protective film-forming composite sheet provided with the thermosetting protective film-forming film is formed by the energy film-curable film. The protective film can be formed by curing in a shorter time than the case.
　本発明において、「エネルギー線」とは、電磁波又は荷電粒子線の中でエネルギー量子を有するものを意味し、その例として、紫外線、電子線等が挙げられる。
　紫外線は、例えば、紫外線源として高圧水銀ランプ、ヒュージョンＨランプ、キセノンランプ、ブラックライト又はＬＥＤランプ等を用いることで照射できる。電子線は、電子線加速器等によって発生させたものを照射できる。
　本発明において、「エネルギー線硬化性」とは、エネルギー線を照射することにより硬化する性質を意味し、「非エネルギー線硬化性」とは、エネルギー線を照射しても硬化しない性質を意味する。 In the present invention, “energy beam” means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having energy quanta, and examples thereof include ultraviolet rays and electron beams.
Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by using, for example, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion H lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light, an LED lamp or the like as an ultraviolet ray source. The electron beam can be emitted by an electron beam accelerator or the like.
In the present invention, “energy ray curable” means the property of being cured by irradiation with energy rays, and “non-energy ray curable” means the property of not being cured even when irradiated with energy rays. .
　本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの使用対象である半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの厚さは、特に限定されないが、本発明の効果がより顕著に得られることから、３０～１０００μｍであることが好ましく、１００～３００μｍであることがより好ましい。
　以下、本発明の構成について、詳細に説明する。 The thickness of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip that is the target of use of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 30 to 1000 μm because the effects of the present invention can be obtained more remarkably. 100 to 300 μm is more preferable.
Hereinafter, the configuration of the present invention will be described in detail.
◎支持シート
　前記支持シートは、１層（単層）からなるものでもよいし、２層以上の複数層からなるものでもよい。支持シートが複数層からなる場合、これら複数層の構成材料及び厚さは、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、特に限定されない。
　なお、本明細書においては、支持シートの場合に限らず、「複数層が互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい」とは、「すべての層が同一であってもよいし、すべての層が異なっていてもよく、一部の層のみが同一であってもよい」ことを意味し、さらに「複数層が互いに異なる」とは、「各層の構成材料及び厚さの少なくとも一方が互いに異なる」ことを意味する。 Support sheet The support sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When the support sheet is composed of a plurality of layers, the constituent materials and thicknesses of the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
In the present specification, not limited to the case of the support sheet, “the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other” means “all the layers may be the same or all the layers are different. Means that only some of the layers may be the same ”, and“ a plurality of layers are different from each other ”means that“ at least one of the constituent materials and thickness of each layer is different from each other ”. Means.
　好ましい支持シートとしては、例えば、基材上に粘着剤層が直接接触して積層されてなるもの、基材上に中間層を介して粘着剤層が積層されてなるもの、基材のみからなるもの等が挙げられる。 Preferred support sheets include, for example, those in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is directly contacted and laminated on the substrate, those in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the substrate via an intermediate layer, and only the substrate. And the like.
　本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの例を、このような支持シートの種類ごとに、以下、図面を参照しながら説明する。なお、以下の説明で用いる図は、本発明の特徴を分かり易くするために、便宜上、要部となる部分を拡大して示している場合があり、各構成要素の寸法比率等が実際と同じであるとは限らない。 Examples of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention will be described below for each kind of support sheet with reference to the drawings. In addition, in order to make the features of the present invention easier to understand, the drawings used in the following description may show the main portions in an enlarged manner for convenience, and the dimensional ratios of the respective components are the same as the actual ones. Not necessarily.
　図１は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの一実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。　ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ａは、基材１１上に粘着剤層１２を備え、粘着剤層１２上に保護膜形成用フィルム１３を備えてなるものである。支持シート１０は、基材１１及び粘着剤層１２の積層体であり、保護膜形成用複合シート１Ａは、換言すると、支持シート１０の一方の表面１０ａ上に保護膜形成用フィルム１３が積層された構成を有する。また、保護膜形成用複合シート１Ａは、さらに保護膜形成用フィルム１３上に剥離フィルム１５を備えている。 FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of a composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention. The protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> A shown here comprises a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on a base material 11, and a protective film-forming film 13 on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. The support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. In other words, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> A has a protective film-forming film 13 laminated on one surface 10 a of the support sheet 10. Have a configuration. The protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> A further includes a release film 15 on the protective film-forming film 13.
　保護膜形成用複合シート１Ａにおいては、基材１１の一方の表面１１ａに粘着剤層１２が積層され、粘着剤層１２の表面１２ａの全面に保護膜形成用フィルム１３が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム１３の表面１３ａの一部、すなわち、周縁部近傍の領域に治具用接着剤層１６が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム１３の表面１３ａのうち、治具用接着剤層１６が積層されていない面と、治具用接着剤層１６の表面１６ａ（上面及び側面）に、剥離フィルム１５が積層されている。 In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the entire surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, thereby forming the protective film. The jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated on a part of the surface 13 a of the film 13, that is, in the vicinity of the peripheral edge, and the jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated on the surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13. A release film 15 is laminated on the surface that is not formed and the surface 16 a (upper surface and side surface) of the adhesive layer 16 for jigs.
　保護膜形成用複合シート１Ａにおいて、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム１３（すなわち保護膜）と支持シート１０との間の粘着力、換言すると保護膜と粘着剤層１２との間の粘着力は、５０～１５００ｍＮ／２５ｍｍであることが好ましい。 In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A, the adhesive force between the cured protective film-forming film 13 (that is, the protective film) and the support sheet 10, in other words, the adhesive force between the protective film and the adhesive layer 12 is 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm is preferable.
　治具用接着剤層１６は、例えば、接着剤成分を含有する単層構造のものであってもよいし、芯材となるシートの両面に接着剤成分を含有する層が積層された複数層構造のものであってもよい。 The adhesive layer 16 for jigs may have, for example, a single-layer structure containing an adhesive component, or a plurality of layers in which layers containing an adhesive component are laminated on both surfaces of a core sheet. It may be of a structure.
　図１に示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ａは、剥離フィルム１５が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム１３の表面１３ａに半導体ウエハ（図示略）の裏面が貼付され、さらに、治具用接着剤層１６の表面１６ａのうち上面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 In the protective film forming composite sheet 1A shown in FIG. 1, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is pasted on the front surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed. The upper surface of the surface 16a of the adhesive layer 16 is used by being attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
　図２は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。なお、図２以降の図において、既に説明済みの図に示すものと同じ構成要素には、その説明済みの図の場合と同じ符号を付し、その詳細な説明は省略する。 FIG. 2 is a sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention. In FIG. 2 and subsequent figures, the same components as those shown in the already explained figures are given the same reference numerals as those in the already explained figures, and their detailed explanations are omitted.
　ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｂは、治具用接着剤層１６を備えていない点以外は、図１に示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ａと同じものである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｂにおいては、基材１１の一方の表面１１ａに粘着剤層１２が積層され、粘着剤層１２の表面１２ａの全面に保護膜形成用フィルム１３が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム１３の表面１３ａの全面に剥離フィルム１５が積層されている。 The protective film-forming composite sheet 1B shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A shown in FIG. 1 except that it does not include the jig adhesive layer 16. That is, in the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1B, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the base material 11, and the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the entire surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. A release film 15 is laminated on the entire surface 13 a of the film forming film 13.
　図２に示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｂは、剥離フィルム１５が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム１３の表面１３ａのうち、中央側の一部の領域に半導体ウエハ（図示略）の裏面が貼付され、さらに、保護膜形成用フィルム１３の周縁部近傍の領域が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 The composite sheet 1B for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 has a semiconductor wafer (not shown) formed in a partial region on the center side of the surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed. The back surface is affixed, and the region near the periphery of the protective film-forming film 13 is affixed to a jig such as a ring frame and used.
　図３は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の一実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。
　ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｃは、粘着剤層１２を備えていない点以外は、図１に示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ａと同じものである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｃにおいては、支持シート１０が基材１１のみからなる。そして、基材１１の一方の表面１１ａ（支持シート１０の一方の表面１０ａ）に保護膜形成用フィルム１３が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム１３の表面１３ａの一部、すなわち、周縁部近傍の領域に治具用接着剤層１６が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム１３の表面１３ａのうち、治具用接着剤層１６が積層されていない面と、治具用接着剤層１６の表面１６ａ（上面及び側面）に、剥離フィルム１５が積層されている。 FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention.
The protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> C shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> A shown in FIG. 1, except that the adhesive layer 12 is not provided. That is, in the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> C, the support sheet 10 is made of only the base material 11. Then, the protective film forming film 13 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11 (one surface 10a of the support sheet 10), and a part of the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, that is, in the vicinity of the peripheral portion. The jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated in the region, and the surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13 on which the jig adhesive layer 16 is not laminated and the surface 16 a of the jig adhesive layer 16. A release film 15 is laminated on the upper surface and the side surface.
　保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｃにおいて、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム１３（すなわち保護膜）と支持シート１０との間の粘着力、換言すると保護膜と基材１１との間の粘着力は、５０～１５００ｍＮ／２５ｍｍであることが好ましい。 In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1C, the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film 13 after curing (ie, the protective film) and the support sheet 10, in other words, the adhesive force between the protective film and the substrate 11 is: It is preferably 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm.
　図３に示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｃは、図１に示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ａと同様に、剥離フィルム１５が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム１３の表面１３ａに半導体ウエハ（図示略）の裏面が貼付され、さらに、治具用接着剤層１６の表面１６ａのうち上面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 As in the protective film forming composite sheet 1A shown in FIG. 1, the protective film forming composite sheet 1C is formed on the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed. The back surface of (not shown) is attached, and the upper surface of the surface 16a of the jig adhesive layer 16 is attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
　図４は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。
　ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｄは、治具用接着剤層１６を備えていない点以外は、図３に示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｃと同じものである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｄにおいては、基材１１の一方の表面１１ａに保護膜形成用フィルム１３が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム１３の表面１３ａの全面に剥離フィルム１５が積層されている。 FIG. 4 is a sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
The protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1D shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1C shown in FIG. 3 except that it does not include the jig adhesive layer 16. That is, in the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1D, the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and the release film 15 is laminated on the entire surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13. Yes.
　図４に示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｄは、図２に示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｂと同様に、剥離フィルム１５が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム１３の表面１３ａのうち、中央側の一部の領域に半導体ウエハ（図示略）の裏面が貼付され、さらに、保護膜形成用フィルム１３の周縁部近傍の領域が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 The protective film-forming composite sheet 1D shown in FIG. 4 is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B shown in FIG. 2, with the release film 15 removed, of the surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13, The back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is affixed to a partial area on the center side, and the area near the periphery of the protective film forming film 13 is affixed to a jig such as a ring frame. .
　図５は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。
　ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｅは、保護膜形成用フィルムの形状が異なる点以外は、図２に示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｂと同じものである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｅは、基材１１上に粘着剤層１２を備え、粘着剤層１２上に保護膜形成用フィルム２３を備えてなるものである。支持シート１０は、基材１１及び粘着剤層１２の積層体であり、保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｅは、換言すると、支持シート１０の一方の表面１０ａ上に保護膜形成用フィルム２３が積層された構成を有する。また、保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｅは、さらに保護膜形成用フィルム２３上に剥離フィルム１５を備えている。 FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
The protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1E shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B shown in FIG. 2 except that the shape of the protective film-forming film is different. That is, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> E includes the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on the base material 11 and the protective film-forming film 23 on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. The support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and in other words, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E is formed by laminating the protective film-forming film 23 on one surface 10a of the support sheet 10. Have a configuration. The protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> E further includes a release film 15 on the protective film-forming film 23.
　保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｅにおいては、基材１１の一方の表面１１ａに粘着剤層１２が積層され、粘着剤層１２の表面１２ａの一部、すなわち、中央側の領域に保護膜形成用フィルム２３が積層されている。そして、粘着剤層１２の表面１２ａのうち、保護膜形成用フィルム２３が積層されていない面と、保護膜形成用フィルム２３の表面２３ａ（上面及び側面）の上に、剥離フィルム１５が積層されている。 In the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1E, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and a part of the surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, that is, a protective film-forming film is formed in the central region. 23 are stacked. And the peeling film 15 is laminated | stacked on the surface in which the protective film formation film 23 is not laminated | stacked among the surfaces 12a of the adhesive layer 12, and the surface 23a (upper surface and side surface) of the protective film formation film 23. ing.
　保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｅを上方から見下ろして平面視したときに、保護膜形成用フィルム２３は粘着剤層１２よりも表面積が小さく、例えば、円形状等の形状を有する。 When the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E is viewed from above and viewed in plan, the protective film-forming film 23 has a smaller surface area than the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and has a circular shape or the like, for example.
　保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｅにおいて、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム２３（すなわち保護膜）と支持シート１０との間の粘着力、換言すると保護膜と粘着剤層１２との間の粘着力は、５０～１５００ｍＮ／２５ｍｍであることが好ましい。 In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E, the adhesive force between the cured protective film-forming film 23 (that is, the protective film) and the support sheet 10, in other words, the adhesive force between the protective film and the adhesive layer 12 is 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm is preferable.
　図５に示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｅは、剥離フィルム１５が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム２３の表面２３ａに半導体ウエハ（図示略）の裏面が貼付され、さらに、粘着剤層１２の表面１２ａのうち、保護膜形成用フィルム２３が積層されていない面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E shown in FIG. 5, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is pasted on the front surface 23a of the protective film-forming film 23 with the release film 15 removed. Of the 12 surfaces 12a, the surface on which the protective film forming film 23 is not laminated is attached to a jig such as a ring frame and used.
　なお、図５に示す保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｅにおいては、粘着剤層１２の表面１２ａのうち、保護膜形成用フィルム２３が積層されていない面に、図１及び３に示すものと同様に治具用接着剤層が積層されていてもよい（図示略）。このような治具用接着剤層を備えた保護膜形成用複合シート１Ｅは、図１及び３に示す保護膜形成用複合シートと同様に、治具用接着剤層の表面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E shown in FIG. 5, the surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is the same as that shown in FIGS. 1 and 3 on the surface on which the protective film-forming film 23 is not laminated. An adhesive layer for jigs may be laminated (not shown). The protective film forming composite sheet 1E provided with such a jig adhesive layer has a jig frame having a ring frame or the like, similar to the protective film forming composite sheet shown in FIGS. Affixed to the jig and used.
　このように、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、支持シート及び保護膜形成用フィルムがどのような形態であっても、治具用接着剤層を備えたものであってもよい。ただし、通常は、図１及び３に示すように、治具用接着剤層を備えた本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートとしては、保護膜形成用フィルム上に治具用接着剤層を備えたものが好ましい。 Thus, the protective sheet-forming composite sheet of the present invention may have any form of the support sheet and the protective film-forming film, or may be provided with an adhesive layer for jigs. However, normally, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 3, the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention having a jig adhesive layer has a jig adhesive layer on the protective film-forming film. Are preferred.
　本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、図１～５に示すものに限定されず、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、図１～５に示すものの一部の構成が変更又は削除されたものや、これまでに説明したものにさらに他の構成が追加されたものであってもよい。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not limited to the one shown in FIGS. 1 to 5, and a part of the structure shown in FIGS. 1 to 5 is changed or deleted within a range not impairing the effect of the present invention. In addition, another configuration may be added to what has been described so far.
　例えば、図３及び４に示す保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、基材１１と保護膜形成用フィルム１３との間に、中間層が設けられていてもよい。中間層としては、目的に応じて任意のものを選択できる。
　また、図１、２及び５に示す保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、基材１１と粘着剤層１２との間に中間層が設けられていてもよい。すなわち、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて、支持シートは、基材、中間層及び粘着剤層がこの順に積層されてなるものでもよい。ここで中間層とは、図３及び４に示す保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて設けられていてもよい中間層と同じものである。
　また、図１～５に示す保護膜形成用複合シートは、前記中間層以外の層が、任意の箇所に設けられていてもよい。
　また、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、剥離フィルムと、この剥離フィルムと直接接触している層との間に、一部隙間が生じていてもよい。
　また、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、各層の大きさや形状は、目的に応じて任意に調節できる。 For example, in the protective film-forming composite sheet shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, an intermediate layer may be provided between the base material 11 and the protective film-forming film 13. Any intermediate layer can be selected according to the purpose.
In the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 1, 2, and 5, an intermediate layer may be provided between the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. That is, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the support sheet may be formed by laminating a base material, an intermediate layer, and an adhesive layer in this order. Here, the intermediate layer is the same as the intermediate layer that may be provided in the protective film-forming composite sheet shown in FIGS.
Further, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 1 to 5, layers other than the intermediate layer may be provided at an arbitrary location.
In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, a gap may be partially formed between the release film and the layer that is in direct contact with the release film.
In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the size and shape of each layer can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the purpose.
　本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、後述するように、粘着剤層等の、支持シートの保護膜形成用フィルムと直接接触している層が、非エネルギー線硬化性であることが好ましい。このような保護膜形成用複合シートは、保護膜を裏面に備えた半導体チップをより容易にピックアップできる。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, as described later, a layer such as an adhesive layer that is in direct contact with the protective film-forming film of the support sheet is preferably non-energy ray curable. . Such a composite sheet for forming a protective film can more easily pick up a semiconductor chip having a protective film on the back surface.
　支持シートは、透明であってもよいし、不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよい。
　なかでも、保護膜形成用フィルムがエネルギー線硬化性を有する本発明においては、支持シートはエネルギー線を透過させるものが好ましい。 The support sheet may be transparent, opaque, or colored depending on the purpose.
Among them, in the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, the support sheet is preferably capable of transmitting energy rays.
　例えば、支持シートにおいて、波長３７５ｎｍの光の透過率は３０％以上であることが好ましく、５０％以上であることがより好ましく、７０％以上であることが特に好ましい。前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルムにエネルギー線（紫外線）を照射しときに、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化度がより向上する。
　一方、支持シートにおいて、波長３７５ｎｍの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、９５％とすることが可能である。 For example, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is within such a range, when the protective film-forming film is irradiated with energy rays (ultraviolet rays) via the support sheet, the degree of curing of the protective film-forming film is further improved.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is not particularly limited, but may be 95%, for example.
　また、支持シートにおいて、波長５３２ｎｍの光の透過率は３０％以上であることが好ましく、５０％以上であることがより好ましく、７０％以上であることが特に好ましい。前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜にレーザー光を照射して、これらに印字したときに、より明りょうに印字できる。
　一方、支持シートにおいて、波長５３２ｎｍの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、９５％とすることが可能である。 In the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is within such a range, when the protective film-forming film or the protective film is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet and printed on these, printing can be performed more clearly.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 95%.
　また、支持シートにおいて、波長１０６４ｎｍの光の透過率は３０％以上であることが好ましく、５０％以上であることがより好ましく、７０％以上であることが特に好ましい。前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜にレーザー光を照射して、これらに印字したときに、より明りょうに印字できる。
　一方、支持シートにおいて、波長１０６４ｎｍの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、９５％とすることが可能である。
　次に、支持シートを構成する各層について、さらに詳細に説明する。 Further, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is within such a range, when the protective film-forming film or the protective film is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet and printed on these, printing can be performed more clearly.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 95%.
Next, each layer which comprises a support sheet is demonstrated in detail.
○基材
　前記基材は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、その構成材料としては、例えば、各種樹脂が挙げられる。
　前記樹脂としては、例えば、低密度ポリエチレン（ＬＤＰＥ）、直鎖低密度ポリエチレン（ＬＬＤＰＥ）、高密度ポリエチレン（ＨＤＰＥ）等のポリエチレン；ポリプロピレン、ポリブテン、ポリブタジエン、ポリメチルペンテン、ノルボルネン樹脂等のポリエチレン以外のポリオレフィン；エチレン－酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン－（メタ）アクリル酸共重合体、エチレン－（メタ）アクリル酸エステル共重合体、エチレン－ノルボルネン共重合体等のエチレン系共重合体（モノマーとしてエチレンを用いて得られた共重合体）；ポリ塩化ビニル、塩化ビニル共重合体等の塩化ビニル系樹脂（モノマーとして塩化ビニルを用いて得られた樹脂）；ポリスチレン；ポリシクロオレフィン；ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンイソフタレート、ポリエチレン－２，６－ナフタレンジカルボキシレート、すべての構成単位が芳香族環式基を有する全芳香族ポリエステル等のポリエステル；２種以上の前記ポリエステルの共重合体；ポリ（メタ）アクリル酸エステル；ポリウレタン；ポリウレタンアクリレート；ポリイミド；ポリアミド；ポリカーボネート；フッ素樹脂；ポリアセタール；変性ポリフェニレンオキシド；ポリフェニレンスルフィド；ポリスルホン；ポリエーテルケトン等が挙げられる。 -Base material The base material is in the form of a sheet or film, and examples of the constituent material include various resins.
Examples of the resin include polyethylenes such as low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE); other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, and norbornene resin. Polyolefins; ethylene-based copolymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymer, ethylene-norbornene copolymer (ethylene as a monomer) A copolymer obtained by using a vinyl chloride resin such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymer (a resin obtained by using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefin; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene Naphtha Polyesters such as polyesters, polybutylene terephthalates, polyethylene isophthalates, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylates, wholly aromatic polyesters in which all the structural units have an aromatic cyclic group; Poly (meth) acrylic acid ester; Polyurethane; Polyurethane acrylate; Polyimide; Polyamide; Polycarbonate; Fluororesin; Polyacetal; Modified polyphenylene oxide; Polyphenylene sulfide; Polysulfone;
　また、前記樹脂としては、例えば、前記ポリエステルとそれ以外の樹脂との混合物等のポリマーアロイも挙げられる。前記ポリエステルとそれ以外の樹脂とのポリマーアロイは、ポリエステル以外の樹脂の量が比較的少量であるものが好ましい。
　また、前記樹脂としては、例えば、ここまでに例示した前記樹脂の１種又は２種以上が架橋した架橋樹脂；ここまでに例示した前記樹脂の１種又は２種以上を用いたアイオノマー等の変性樹脂も挙げられる。 Moreover, as said resin, polymer alloys, such as a mixture of the said polyester and other resin, are mentioned, for example. The polymer alloy of the polyester and the other resin is preferably one in which the amount of the resin other than the polyester is relatively small.
Examples of the resin include a crosslinked resin in which one or more of the resins exemplified so far are crosslinked; modification of an ionomer or the like using one or more of the resins exemplified so far. Resins can also be mentioned.
　なお、本明細書において、「（メタ）アクリル酸」とは、「アクリル酸」及び「メタクリル酸」の両方を包含する概念とする。（メタ）アクリル酸と類似の用語についても同様である。 In the present specification, “(meth) acrylic acid” is a concept including both “acrylic acid” and “methacrylic acid”. The same applies to terms similar to (meth) acrylic acid.
　基材を構成する樹脂は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The resin constituting the substrate may be only one kind, or two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
　基材は１層（単層）からなるものでもよいし、２層以上の複数層からなるものでもよく、複数層からなる場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。 The substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When the substrate is composed of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other. The combination of layers is not particularly limited.
　基材の厚さは、５０～３００μｍであることが好ましく、６０～１００μｍであることがより好ましい。基材の厚さがこのような範囲であることで、前記保護膜形成用複合シートの可撓性と、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップへの貼付性がより向上する。
　ここで、「基材の厚さ」とは、基材全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる基材の厚さとは、基材を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。 The thickness of the substrate is preferably 50 to 300 μm, more preferably 60 to 100 μm. When the thickness of the substrate is within such a range, the flexibility of the composite sheet for forming a protective film and the adhesiveness to a semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip are further improved.
Here, “the thickness of the substrate” means the thickness of the entire substrate. For example, the thickness of the substrate composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the substrate. means.
　基材は、厚さの精度が高いもの、すなわち、部位によらず厚さのばらつきが抑制されたものが好ましい。上述の構成材料のうち、このような厚さの精度が高い基材を構成するのに使用可能な材料としては、例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリエチレン以外のポリオレフィン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、エチレン－酢酸ビニル共重合体等が挙げられる。 The base material is preferably one having high thickness accuracy, that is, one in which variation in thickness is suppressed regardless of the part. Among the above-mentioned constituent materials, examples of materials that can be used to construct such a substrate with high thickness accuracy include polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, and the like. Is mentioned.
　基材は、前記樹脂等の主たる構成材料以外に、充填材、着色剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、有機滑剤、触媒、軟化剤（可塑剤）等の公知の各種添加剤を含有していてもよい。 The base material contains various known additives such as a filler, a colorant, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, an organic lubricant, a catalyst, and a softener (plasticizer) in addition to the main constituent material such as the resin. May be.
　基材の光学特性は、先に説明した支持シートの光学特性を満たすようになっていればよい。すなわち、基材は、透明であってもよいし、不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよいし、他の層が蒸着されていてもよい。
　そして、保護膜形成用フィルムがエネルギー線硬化性を有する本発明においては、基材はエネルギー線を透過させるものが好ましい。 The optical characteristics of the base material only need to satisfy the optical characteristics of the support sheet described above. That is, the substrate may be transparent or opaque, may be colored according to the purpose, or other layers may be deposited.
And in this invention in which the film for protective film formation has energy-beam sclerosis | hardenability, what a base material permeate | transmits an energy beam is preferable.
　基材は、その上に設けられる粘着剤層等の他の層との密着性を向上させるために、サンドブラスト処理、溶剤処理等による凹凸化処理や、コロナ放電処理、電子線照射処理、プラズマ処理、オゾン・紫外線照射処理、火炎処理、クロム酸処理、熱風処理等の酸化処理等が表面に施されたものであってもよい。
　また、基材は、表面がプライマー処理を施されたものであってもよい。
　また、基材は、帯電防止コート層、保護膜形成用複合シートを重ね合わせて保存する際に、基材が他のシートに接着することや、基材が吸着テーブルに接着することを防止する層等を有するものであってもよい。
　これらの中でも基材は、ダイシング時のブレードの摩擦による基材の断片の発生が抑制される点から、特に表面が電子線照射処理を施されたものが好ましい。 In order to improve the adhesion with other layers such as a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on the substrate, the substrate is subjected to a roughening treatment such as sandblast treatment, solvent treatment, corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment. The surface may be subjected to oxidation treatment such as ozone / ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, and hot air treatment.
The base material may have a surface subjected to primer treatment.
In addition, the base material prevents the base material from adhering to other sheets or the base material from adhering to the adsorption table when the antistatic coating layer and the protective film-forming composite sheet are stored in an overlapping manner. It may have a layer or the like.
Among these, the substrate preferably has a surface subjected to electron beam irradiation treatment from the viewpoint that generation of fragments of the substrate due to blade friction during dicing is suppressed.
　基材は、公知の方法で製造できる。例えば、樹脂を含有する基材は、前記樹脂を含有する樹脂組成物を成形することで製造できる。 The base material can be manufactured by a known method. For example, a base material containing a resin can be produced by molding a resin composition containing the resin.
○粘着剤層
　前記粘着剤層は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、粘着剤を含有する。
　前記粘着剤としては、例えば、アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ポリビニルエーテル、ポリカーボネート、エステル系樹脂等の粘着性樹脂が挙げられ、アクリル系樹脂が好ましい。 -Adhesive layer The said adhesive layer is a sheet form or a film form, and contains an adhesive.
Examples of the adhesive include adhesive resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, ester resins, and acrylic resins are preferable. .
　なお、本発明において、「粘着性樹脂」とは、粘着性を有する樹脂と、接着性を有する樹脂と、の両方を含む概念であり、例えば、樹脂自体が粘着性を有するものだけでなく、添加剤等の他の成分との併用により粘着性を示す樹脂や、熱又は水等のトリガーの存在によって接着性を示す樹脂等も含む。 In the present invention, the “adhesive resin” is a concept including both an adhesive resin and an adhesive resin. For example, the resin itself has an adhesive property, Also included are resins that exhibit tackiness when used in combination with other components such as additives, and resins that exhibit adhesiveness due to the presence of a trigger such as heat or water.
　粘着剤層は１層（単層）からなるものでもよいし、２層以上の複数層からなるものでもよく、複数層からなる場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be composed of one layer (single layer), may be composed of two or more layers, and when composed of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other. The combination of the multiple layers is not particularly limited.
　粘着剤層の厚さは１～１００μｍであることが好ましく、１～６０μｍであることがより好ましく、１～３０μｍであることが特に好ましい。
　ここで、「粘着剤層の厚さ」とは、粘着剤層全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる粘着剤層の厚さとは、粘着剤層を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。 The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 1 to 60 μm, and particularly preferably 1 to 30 μm.
Here, the “thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer” means the thickness of the whole pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. For example, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers is the total of all layers constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. Means the thickness.
　粘着剤層の光学特性は、先に説明した支持シートの光学特性を満たすようになっていればよい。すなわち、粘着剤層は、透明であってもよいし、不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよい。
　そして、保護膜形成用フィルムがエネルギー線硬化性を有する本発明においては、粘着剤層はエネルギー線を透過させるものが好ましい。 The optical properties of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer only need to satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be transparent, opaque, or colored depending on the purpose.
In the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably capable of transmitting energy rays.
　粘着剤層は、エネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を用いて形成されたものでもよいし、非エネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を用いて形成されたものでもよい。エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤を用いて形成された粘着剤層は、硬化前及び硬化後での物性を、容易に調節できる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed using an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, or may be formed using a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive can easily adjust the physical properties before and after curing.
＜＜粘着剤組成物＞＞
　粘着剤層は、粘着剤を含有する粘着剤組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、粘着剤層の形成対象面に粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位に粘着剤層を形成できる。粘着剤層のより具体的な形成方法は、他の層の形成方法とともに、後ほど詳細に説明する。粘着剤組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、粘着剤層の前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。なお、本明細書において、「常温」とは、特に冷やしたり、熱したりしない温度、すなわち平常の温度を意味し、例えば、１５～２５℃の温度等が挙げられる。 << Adhesive composition >>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive. For example, an adhesive layer can be formed in the target site | part by applying an adhesive composition to the formation object surface of an adhesive layer, and making it dry as needed. A more specific method for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer will be described later in detail, along with methods for forming other layers. The ratio of the content of components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the components of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In the present specification, “normal temperature” means a temperature that is not particularly cooled or heated, that is, a normal temperature, and examples thereof include a temperature of 15 to 25 ° C.
　粘着剤組成物の塗工は、公知の方法で行えばよく、例えば、エアーナイフコーター、ブレードコーター、バーコーター、グラビアコーター、ロールコーター、ロールナイフコーター、カーテンコーター、ダイコーター、ナイフコーター、スクリーンコーター、マイヤーバーコーター、キスコーター等の各種コーターを用いる方法が挙げられる。 The adhesive composition may be applied by a known method, for example, an air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater. And a method using various coaters such as a Meyer bar coater and a kiss coater.
　粘着剤組成物の乾燥条件は、特に限定されないが、粘着剤組成物は、後述する溶媒を含有している場合、加熱乾燥させることが好ましく、この場合、例えば、７０～１３０℃で１０秒～５分の条件で乾燥させることが好ましい。 The drying conditions of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition are not particularly limited, but when the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition contains a solvent described later, it is preferably heat-dried. In this case, for example, at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to It is preferable to dry under conditions of 5 minutes.
　粘着剤層がエネルギー線硬化性である場合、エネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を含有する粘着剤組成物、すなわち、エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物としては、例えば、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）（以下、「粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）」と略記することがある）と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）；非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）の側鎖に不飽和基が導入されたエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）（以下、「粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）」と略記することがある）を含有する粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）；前記粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）等が挙げられる。 When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is energy ray-curable, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, that is, the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, for example, non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “adhesive resin (I-1a)”) and an energy ray-curable compound; Energy-ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the linear-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter referred to as “adhesive resin (I-2a)”) A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray curable compound, etc. Is mentioned.
＜粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）＞
　前記粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）は、上述の様に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する。 <Adhesive composition (I-1)>
As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
［粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）］
　前記粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）は、アクリル系樹脂であることが好ましい。
　前記アクリル系樹脂としては、例えば、少なくとも（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を有するアクリル系重合体が挙げられる。
　前記アクリル系樹脂が有する構成単位は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Adhesive resin (I-1a)]
The adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
As said acrylic resin, the acrylic polymer which has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester at least is mentioned, for example.
The acrylic resin may have only one type of structural unit, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
　前記（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステルとしては、例えば、アルキルエステルを構成するアルキル基の炭素数が１～２０であるのものが挙げられ、前記アルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であることが好ましい。
　（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステルとして、より具体的には、（メタ）アクリル酸メチル、（メタ）アクリル酸エチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｎ－プロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸イソプロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｎ－ブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸イソブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｓｅｃ－ブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ペンチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ヘキシル、（メタ）アクリル酸ヘプチル、（メタ）アクリル酸２－エチルヘキシル、（メタ）アクリル酸イソオクチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｎ－オクチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｎ－ノニル、（メタ）アクリル酸イソノニル、（メタ）アクリル酸デシル、（メタ）アクリル酸ウンデシル、（メタ）アクリル酸ドデシル（（メタ）アクリル酸ラウリル）、（メタ）アクリル酸トリデシル、（メタ）アクリル酸テトラデシル（（メタ）アクリル酸ミリスチル）、（メタ）アクリル酸ペンタデシル、（メタ）アクリル酸ヘキサデシル（（メタ）アクリル酸パルミチル）、（メタ）アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、（メタ）アクリル酸オクタデシル（（メタ）アクリル酸ステアリル）、（メタ）アクリル酸ノナデシル、（メタ）アクリル酸イコシル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include those in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is linear or branched. Is preferred.
More specifically, as (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid n-butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, (Meth) acrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl, (meth) acrylic acid isooctyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-octyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-nonyl, (meth) acrylic acid isononyl, (meth) acrylic acid decyl, (meta) ) Undecyl acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (lauryl (meth) acrylate), ( T) Decyl acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (palmityl (meth) acrylate), heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, Examples thereof include octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate), nonadecyl (meth) acrylate, icosyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
　粘着剤層の粘着力が向上する点から、前記アクリル系重合体は、前記アルキル基の炭素数が４以上である（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を有することが好ましい。そして、粘着剤層の粘着力がより向上する点から、前記アルキル基の炭素数は、４～１２であることが好ましく、４～８であることがより好ましい。また、前記アルキル基の炭素数が４以上である（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステルは、アクリル酸アルキルエステルであることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of improving the adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in which the alkyl group has 4 or more carbon atoms. In view of further improving the adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the alkyl group preferably has 4 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms. In addition, the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having 4 or more carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably an acrylic acid alkyl ester.
　前記アクリル系重合体は、（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有することが好ましい。
　前記官能基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、前記官能基が後述する架橋剤と反応することで架橋の起点となったり、前記官能基が後述する不飽和基含有化合物中の不飽和基と反応することで、アクリル系重合体の側鎖に不飽和基の導入を可能とするものが挙げられる。 The acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate.
As the functional group-containing monomer, for example, the functional group reacts with a cross-linking agent described later to become a starting point of cross-linking, or the functional group reacts with an unsaturated group in the unsaturated group-containing compound described later. And those that allow introduction of an unsaturated group into the side chain of the acrylic polymer.
　官能基含有モノマー中の前記官能基としては、例えば、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基等が挙げられる。
　すなわち、官能基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、アミノ基含有モノマー、エポキシ基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。 Examples of the functional group in the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and an epoxy group.
That is, examples of the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
　前記水酸基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、（メタ）アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、（メタ）アクリル酸２－ヒドロキシエチル、（メタ）アクリル酸２－ヒドロキシプロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸３－ヒドロキシプロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸２－ヒドロキシブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸３－ヒドロキシブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸４－ヒドロキシブチル等の（メタ）アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル；ビニルアルコール、アリルアルコール等の非（メタ）アクリル系不飽和アルコール（（メタ）アクリロイル骨格を有しない不飽和アルコール）等が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic non-methacrylates such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol Saturated alcohol (unsaturated alcohol which does not have a (meth) acryloyl skeleton) etc. are mentioned.
　前記カルボキシ基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、（メタ）アクリル酸、クロトン酸等のエチレン性不飽和モノカルボン酸（エチレン性不飽和結合を有するモノカルボン酸）；フマル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、シトラコン酸等のエチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸（エチレン性不飽和結合を有するジカルボン酸）；前記エチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸の無水物；２－カルボキシエチルメタクリレート等の（メタ）アクリル酸カルボキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, citracone Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; carboxyalkyl esters of (meth) acrylic acid such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc. It is done.
　官能基含有モノマーは、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマーが好ましく、水酸基含有モノマーがより好ましい。 The functional group-containing monomer is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
　前記アクリル系重合体を構成する官能基含有モノマーは、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The functional group-containing monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
　前記アクリル系重合体において、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の含有量は、構成単位の全量に対して、１～３５質量％であることが好ましく、２～３２質量％であることがより好ましく、３～３０質量％であることが特に好ましい。 In the acrylic polymer, the content of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 2 to 32% by mass with respect to the total amount of the structural unit. It is particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass.
　前記アクリル系重合体は、（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位、及び官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、他のモノマー由来の構成単位を有していてもよい。
　前記他のモノマーは、（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステル等と共重合可能なものであれば特に限定されない。
　前記他のモノマーとしては、例えば、スチレン、α－メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、ギ酸ビニル、酢酸ビニル、アクリロニトリル、アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。 In addition to the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer, the acrylic polymer may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer.
The other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester or the like.
Examples of the other monomer include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide and the like.
　前記アクリル系重合体を構成する前記他のモノマーは、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The other monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
　前記アクリル系重合体は、上述の非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）として使用できる。
　一方、前記アクリル系重合体中の官能基に、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基（エネルギー線重合性基）を有する不飽和基含有化合物を反応させたものは、上述のエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）として使用できる。 The acrylic polymer can be used as the above-mentioned non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a).
On the other hand, the functional group in the acrylic polymer is reacted with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group (energy ray-polymerizable group). It can be used as the resin (I-2a).
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）が含有する粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）において、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）の含有量は、５～９９質量％であることが好ましく、１０～９５質量％であることがより好ましく、１５～９０質量％であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and 15 to 90%. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
［エネルギー線硬化性化合物］
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有し、エネルギー線の照射により硬化可能なモノマー又はオリゴマーが挙げられる。
　エネルギー線硬化性化合物のうち、モノマーとしては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリ（メタ）アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール（メタ）アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ（メタ）アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ（メタ）アクリレート、１，４－ブチレングリコールジ（メタ）アクリレート、１，６－へキサンジオール（メタ）アクリレート等の多価（メタ）アクリレート；ウレタン（メタ）アクリレート；ポリエステル（メタ）アクリレート；ポリエーテル（メタ）アクリレート；エポキシ（メタ）アクリレート等が挙げられる。
　エネルギー線硬化性化合物のうち、オリゴマーとしては、例えば、上記で例示したモノマーが重合してなるオリゴマー等が挙げられる。
　エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、分子量が比較的大きく、粘着剤層の貯蔵弾性率を低下させにくいという点では、ウレタン（メタ）アクリレート、ウレタン（メタ）アクリレートオリゴマーが好ましい。 [Energy ray curable compound]
Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays.
Among the energy ray curable compounds, examples of the monomer include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and 1,4. Polybutyl (meth) acrylates such as butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and 1,6-hexanediol (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate; polyester (meth) acrylate; polyether (meth) acrylate; epoxy ( And (meth) acrylate.
Among the energy ray-curable compounds, examples of the oligomer include an oligomer formed by polymerizing the monomers exemplified above.
The energy ray-curable compound is preferably a urethane (meth) acrylate or a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer from the viewpoint that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is hardly lowered.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
　前記粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）において、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量は、１～９５質量％であることが好ましく、５～９０質量％であることがより好ましく、１０～８５質量％であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the energy ray-curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass, more preferably 5 to 90% by mass, and 10 to 85% by mass. % Is particularly preferred.
［架橋剤］
　粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）として、（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）は、さらに架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。 [Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-1) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
　前記架橋剤は、例えば、前記官能基と反応して、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）同士を架橋するものである。
　架橋剤としては、例えば、トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、これらジイソシアネートのアダクト体等のイソシアネート系架橋剤（イソシアネート基を有する架橋剤）；エチレングリコールグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ系架橋剤（グリシジル基を有する架橋剤）；ヘキサ［１－（２－メチル）－アジリジニル］トリフオスファトリアジン等のアジリジン系架橋剤（アジリジニル基を有する架橋剤）；アルミニウムキレート等の金属キレート系架橋剤（金属キレート構造を有する架橋剤）；イソシアヌレート系架橋剤（イソシアヌル酸骨格を有する架橋剤）等が挙げられる。
　粘着剤の凝集力を向上させて粘着剤層の粘着力を向上させる点、及び入手が容易である等の点から、架橋剤はイソシアネート系架橋剤であることが好ましい。 For example, the cross-linking agent reacts with the functional group to cross-link the adhesive resins (I-1a).
As a crosslinking agent, for example, tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, isocyanate-based cross-linking agents such as adducts of these diisocyanates (cross-linking agents having an isocyanate group); epoxy-based cross-linking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether ( Cross-linking agent having a glycidyl group); Aziridine-based cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent having an aziridinyl group) such as hexa [1- (2-methyl) -aziridinyl] triphosphatriazine; Metal chelate-based cross-linking agent such as aluminum chelate (metal) Cross-linking agent having a chelate structure); isocyanurate-based cross-linking agent (cross-linking agent having an isocyanuric acid skeleton) and the like.
The crosslinking agent is preferably an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent from the viewpoints of improving the cohesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and improving the pressure-sensitive adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and being easily available.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）が含有する架橋剤は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
　前記粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）の含有量１００質量部に対して、０．０１～５０質量部であることが好ましく、０．１～２０質量部であることがより好ましく、０．３～１５質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
［光重合開始剤］
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。 [Photopolymerization initiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with a curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
　前記光重合開始剤としては、例えば、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾイン安息香酸、ベンゾイン安息香酸メチル、ベンゾインジメチルケタール等のベンゾイン化合物；アセトフェノン、２－ヒドロキシ－２－メチル－１－フェニル－プロパン－１－オン、２，２－ジメトキシ－１，２－ジフェニルエタン－１－オン等のアセトフェノン化合物；ビス（２，４，６－トリメチルベンゾイル）フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド、２，４，６－トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド等のアシルフォスフィンオキサイド化合物；ベンジルフェニルスルフィド、テトラメチルチウラムモノスルフィド等のスルフィド化合物；１－ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン等のα－ケトール化合物；アゾビスイソブチロニトリル等のアゾ化合物；チタノセン等のチタノセン化合物；チオキサントン等のチオキサントン化合物；パーオキサイド化合物；ジアセチル等のジケトン化合物；ベンジル；ジベンジル；ベンゾフェノン；２，４－ジエチルチオキサントン；１，２－ジフェニルメタン；２－ヒドロキシ－２－メチル－１－［４－（１－メチルビニル）フェニル］プロパノン；２－クロロアントラキノン等が挙げられる。
　また、前記光重合開始剤としては、例えば、１－クロロアントラキノン等のキノン化合物；アミン等の光増感剤等を用いることもできる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy Acetophenone compounds such as -2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; Sulfidation of benzylphenyl sulfide, tetramethylthiuram monosulfide, etc. Α-ketol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; Benzophenone; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone; 2-chloroanthraquinone and the like.
As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, a quinone compound such as 1-chloroanthraquinone; a photosensitizer such as amine can be used.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）が含有する光重合開始剤は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量１００質量部に対して、０．０１～２０質量部であることが好ましく、０．０３～１０質量部であることがより好ましく、０．０５～５質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray curable compound. The amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
［その他の添加剤］
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
　前記その他の添加剤としては、例えば、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、軟化剤（可塑剤）、充填材（フィラー）、防錆剤、着色剤（顔料、染料）、増感剤、粘着付与剤、反応遅延剤、架橋促進剤（触媒）等の公知の添加剤が挙げられる。
　なお、反応遅延剤とは、例えば、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）中に混入している触媒の作用によって、保存中の粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）において、目的としない架橋反応が進行するのを抑制するものである。反応遅延剤としては、例えば、触媒に対するキレートによってキレート錯体を形成するものが挙げられ、より具体的には、１分子中にカルボニル基（－Ｃ（＝Ｏ）－）を２個以上有するものが挙げられる。 [Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, and tackifiers. And known additives such as reaction retarders and crosslinking accelerators (catalysts).
Incidentally, the reaction retarding agent means, for example, an undesired crosslinking reaction in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) during storage by the action of the catalyst mixed in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It suppresses progress. Examples of the reaction retarder include those that form a chelate complex by chelation against a catalyst, and more specifically, those having two or more carbonyl groups (—C (═O) —) in one molecule. Can be mentioned.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）が含有するその他の添加剤は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
［溶媒］
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）は、溶媒を含有していてもよい。粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）は、溶媒を含有していることで、塗工対象面への塗工適性が向上する。 [solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain a solvent. Since the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent, the suitability for coating on the surface to be coated is improved.
　前記溶媒は有機溶媒であることが好ましく、前記有機溶媒としては、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、アセトン等のケトン；酢酸エチル等のエステル（カルボン酸エステル）；テトラヒドロフラン、ジオキサン等のエーテル；シクロヘキサン、ｎ－ヘキサン等の脂肪族炭化水素；トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素；１－プロパノール、２－プロパノール等のアルコール等が挙げられる。 The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters such as ethyl acetate (carboxylic acid esters); ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; cyclohexane and n-hexane and the like. Aliphatic hydrocarbons; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol.
　前記溶媒としては、例えば、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）の製造時に用いたものを粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）から取り除かずに、そのまま粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）において用いてもよいし、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）の製造時に用いたものと同一又は異なる種類の溶媒を、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）の製造時に別途添加してもよい。 As the solvent, for example, the solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be used as it is in the adhesive composition (I-1) without being removed from the adhesive resin (I-1a). In addition, the same or different type of solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be added separately during the production of the adhesive composition (I-1).
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）が含有する溶媒は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
＜粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）＞
　前記粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）は、上述の様に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）の側鎖に不飽和基が導入されたエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）を含有する。 <Adhesive composition (I-2)>
As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) is an energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the non-energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). (I-2a) is contained.
［粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）］
　前記粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）は、例えば、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）中の官能基に、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有する不飽和基含有化合物を反応させることで得られる。 [Adhesive resin (I-2a)]
The adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.
　前記不飽和基含有化合物は、前記エネルギー線重合性不飽和基以外に、さらに粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）中の官能基と反応することで、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）と結合可能な基を有する化合物である。
　前記エネルギー線重合性不飽和基としては、例えば、（メタ）アクリロイル基、ビニル基（エテニル基）、アリル基（２－プロペニル基）等が挙げられ、（メタ）アクリロイル基が好ましい。
　粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）中の官能基と結合可能な基としては、例えば、水酸基又はアミノ基と結合可能なイソシアネート基及びグリシジル基、並びにカルボキシ基又はエポキシ基と結合可能な水酸基及びアミノ基等が挙げられる。 The unsaturated group-containing compound can be bonded to the adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) in addition to the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group. A compound having a group.
Examples of the energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group (ethenyl group), allyl group (2-propenyl group) and the like, and (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
Examples of the group capable of binding to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include, for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group that can be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an amino group, and a hydroxyl group and an amino group that can be bonded to a carboxy group or an epoxy group. Etc.
　前記不飽和基含有化合物としては、例えば、（メタ）アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート、（メタ）アクリロイルイソシアネート、グリシジル（メタ）アクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth) acryloyl isocyanate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）が含有する粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）において、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）の含有量は、５～９９質量％であることが好ましく、１０～９５質量％であることがより好ましく、１０～９０質量％であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
［架橋剤］
　粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）として、例えば、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）におけるものと同様の、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）は、さらに架橋剤を含有していてもよい。 [Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer similar to that in the adhesive resin (I-1a) is used as the adhesive resin (I-2a), for example, an adhesive composition ( I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）における前記架橋剤としては、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）における架橋剤と同じものが挙げられる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）が含有する架橋剤は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same crosslinking agents as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
　前記粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）の含有量１００質量部に対して、０．０１～５０質量部であることが好ましく、０．１～２０質量部であることがより好ましく、０．３～１５質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a). The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
［光重合開始剤］
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。 [Photopolymerization initiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing the photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with the curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）における前記光重合開始剤としては、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）における光重合開始剤と同じものが挙げられる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）が含有する光重合開始剤は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）の含有量１００質量部に対して、０．０１～２０質量部であることが好ましく、０．０３～１０質量部であることがより好ましく、０．０５～５質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a). 0.03 to 10 parts by mass is more preferable, and 0.05 to 5 parts by mass is particularly preferable.
［その他の添加剤］
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）における前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）が含有するその他の添加剤は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additive in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
［溶媒］
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）は、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）が含有する溶媒は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 [solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
＜粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）＞
　前記粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）は、上述の様に、前記粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する。 <Adhesive composition (I-3)>
As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) contains the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）において、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）の含有量は、５～９９質量％であることが好ましく、１０～９５質量％であることがより好ましく、１５～９０質量％であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and 15 to 90%. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
［エネルギー線硬化性化合物］
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有し、エネルギー線の照射により硬化可能なモノマー及びオリゴマーが挙げられ、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）が含有するエネルギー線硬化性化合物と同じものが挙げられる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Energy ray curable compound]
Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays. Examples thereof include the same energy ray curable compounds contained in the product (I-1).
The energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected. .
　前記粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）において、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量は、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）の含有量１００質量部に対して、０．０１～３００質量部であることが好ましく、０．０３～２００質量部であることがより好ましく、０．０５～１００質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the energy ray-curable compound is 0.01 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a). It is preferably 0.03 to 200 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by mass.
［光重合開始剤］
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。 [Photopolymerization initiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently undergoes a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）における前記光重合開始剤としては、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）における光重合開始剤と同じものが挙げられる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）が含有する光重合開始剤は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－２ａ）及び前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の総含有量１００質量部に対して、０．０１～２０質量部であることが好ましく、０．０３～１０質量部であることがより好ましく、０．０５～５質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01 to about 100 parts by mass of the total content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and the energy ray curable compound. The amount is preferably 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
［その他の添加剤］
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
　前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）が含有するその他の添加剤は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
［溶媒］
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）は、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）が含有する溶媒は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 [solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
＜粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）～（Ｉ－３）以外の粘着剤組成物＞
　ここまでは、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－２）及び粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－３）について主に説明したが、これらの含有成分として説明したものは、これら３種の粘着剤組成物以外の全般的な粘着剤組成物（本明細書においては、「粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）～（Ｉ－３）以外の粘着剤組成物」と称する）でも、同様に用いることができる。 <Adhesive compositions other than adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)>
So far, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) have been mainly described. General pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than these three types of pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (referred to herein as “pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)”) But it can be used similarly.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）～（Ｉ－３）以外の粘着剤組成物としては、エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物以外に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物も挙げられる。
　非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物としては、例えば、アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ポリビニルエーテル、ポリカーボネート、エステル系樹脂等の、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）を含有する粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）が挙げられ、アクリル系樹脂を含有するものが好ましい。 Examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) include non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions in addition to the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
Non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions include, for example, acrylic resin, urethane resin, rubber resin, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, ester resin, etc. An adhesive composition (I-4) containing an adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferable, and an adhesive composition containing an acrylic resin is preferred.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）～（Ｉ－３）以外の粘着剤組成物は、１種又は２種以上の架橋剤を含有することが好ましく、その含有量は、上述の粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）等の場合と同様とすることができる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) preferably contains one or more kinds of crosslinking agents, and the content thereof is the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition. It can be the same as in the case of (I-1).
＜粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）＞
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）で好ましいものとしては、例えば、前記粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）と、架橋剤と、を含有するものが挙げられる。 <Adhesive composition (I-4)>
Preferred examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include those containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) and a crosslinking agent.
［粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）］
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）における粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）としては、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）における粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）と同じものが挙げられる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）が含有する粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Adhesive resin (I-1a)]
Examples of the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same as the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）において、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）の含有量は、５～９９質量％であることが好ましく、１０～９５質量％であることがより好ましく、１５～９０質量％であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and 15 to 90%. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
［架橋剤］
　粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）として、（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）は、さらに架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。 [Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-4) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）における架橋剤としては、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）における架橋剤と同じものが挙げられる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）が含有する架橋剤は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same crosslinking agents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
　前記粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂（Ｉ－１ａ）の含有量１００質量部に対して、０．０１～５０質量部であることが好ましく、０．１～２０質量部であることがより好ましく、０．３～１５質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
［その他の添加剤］
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
　前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）が含有するその他の添加剤は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
［溶媒］
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）は、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）が含有する溶媒は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 [solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately adjusted.
　本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて、粘着剤層は非エネルギー線硬化性であることが好ましい。これは、粘着剤層がエネルギー線硬化性であると、エネルギー線の照射によって保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させるときに、粘着剤層も同時に硬化するのを抑制できないことがあるためである。粘着剤層が保護膜形成用フィルムと同時に硬化してしまうと、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム及び粘着剤層がこれらの界面において剥離不能な程度に貼り付いてしまうことがある。その場合、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム、すなわち保護膜を裏面に備えた半導体チップ（本明細書においては、「保護膜付き半導体チップ」と称することがある）を、硬化後の粘着剤層を備えた支持シートから剥離させることが困難となり、保護膜付き半導体チップを正常にピックアップできなくなってしまう。本発明における支持シートで、粘着剤層を非エネルギー線硬化性のものとすることで、このような不具合を確実に回避でき、保護膜付き半導体チップをより容易にピックアップできる。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably non-energy ray curable. This is because when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is energy ray curable, it is sometimes impossible to suppress the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from being simultaneously cured when the protective film-forming film is cured by irradiation with energy rays. If the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is cured at the same time as the protective film-forming film, the cured protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may stick to the interface so as not to be peeled off. In that case, a cured protective film-forming film, that is, a semiconductor chip provided with a protective film on the back surface (in this specification, sometimes referred to as “semiconductor chip with protective film”) is cured adhesive layer. It becomes difficult to peel off from the support sheet provided with, and the semiconductor chip with a protective film cannot be picked up normally. By making the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-energy ray curable with the support sheet in the present invention, such a problem can be reliably avoided and a semiconductor chip with a protective film can be picked up more easily.
　ここでは、粘着剤層が非エネルギー線硬化性である場合の効果について説明したが、支持シートの保護膜形成用フィルムと直接接触している層が粘着剤層以外の層であっても、この層が非エネルギー線硬化性であれば、同様の効果を奏する。 Here, the effect when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is non-energy ray curable has been described, but even if the layer in direct contact with the protective film-forming film of the support sheet is a layer other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, If the layer is non-energy ray curable, the same effect is obtained.
＜＜粘着剤組成物の製造方法＞＞
　粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）～（Ｉ－３）や、粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）等の粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－１）～（Ｉ－３）以外の粘着剤組成物は、前記粘着剤と、必要に応じて前記粘着剤以外の成分等の、粘着剤組成物を構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
　各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、２種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
　溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよいし、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
　配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されず、撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法；ミキサーを用いて混合する方法；超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
　各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよいが、温度は１５～３０℃であることが好ましい。 << Method for producing pressure-sensitive adhesive composition >>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) It is obtained by blending each component for constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive and components other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive, if necessary.
The order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
The method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
The temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
◎保護膜形成用フィルム
　本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて、少なくとも一方の表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が０．０３８μｍ以上であることにより、適正なリワーク性が付与される。すなわち、半導体ウエハに対して所定の位置からずれた位置に保護膜形成用フィルムが貼付された場合に、スムーズに保護膜形成用フィルムを半導体ウエハから剥がすことができ、保護膜形成用フィルムを剥がした半導体ウエハに対して、別の新たな保護膜形成用フィルムを正しい位置に貼付することにより、半導体ウエハを無駄にすることなく半導体チップの製造に供することができる。 ◎ Protective film-forming film In the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention, when at least one surface (α) has a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.038 μm or more, appropriate reworkability is imparted. That is, when a protective film forming film is attached to a position shifted from a predetermined position with respect to the semiconductor wafer, the protective film forming film can be smoothly peeled off from the semiconductor wafer, and the protective film forming film is peeled off. By attaching another new protective film-forming film to the correct position on the semiconductor wafer, the semiconductor wafer can be used for manufacturing without wasting the semiconductor wafer.
　また、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜と、支持シートとの間の粘着力は、５０～１５００ｍＮ／２５ｍｍであることが好ましく、５２～１４５０ｍＮ／２５ｍｍであることが好ましく、更には５３～１４３０ｍＮ／２５ｍｍであることがより好ましい。前記粘着力が前記下限値以上であることで、保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップ時に、目的外の保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップが抑制され、目的とする保護膜付き半導体チップを高選択的にピックアップできる。また、前記粘着力が前記上限値以下であることで、保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップ時に、半導体チップの割れ及び欠けが抑制される。このように、更に前記粘着力が特定の範囲内であることで、保護膜形成用複合シートは、より良好なピックアップ適性を有する。 The adhesive strength between the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is preferably 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm, and preferably 52 to 1450 mN / 25 mm. More preferably, it is 53 to 1430 mN / 25 mm. When the adhesive force is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, pickup of a semiconductor chip with a protective film other than the target is suppressed during pickup of the semiconductor chip with a protective film, and the target semiconductor chip with a protective film is highly selectively picked up. it can. Moreover, when the adhesive force is equal to or less than the upper limit value, cracking and chipping of the semiconductor chip are suppressed when the semiconductor chip with a protective film is picked up. Thus, when the adhesive force is further within a specific range, the composite sheet for forming a protective film has better pickup suitability.
　なお、本発明においては、保護膜形成用フィルムが硬化した後であっても、支持シート及び保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化物（換言すると、支持シート及び保護膜）の積層構造が維持されている限り、この積層構造体を「保護膜形成用複合シート」と称する。 In the present invention, even after the protective film-forming film is cured, the laminated structure of the cured product of the support sheet and the protective film-forming film (in other words, the support sheet and the protective film) is maintained. As long as this laminate structure is referred to as a “composite sheet for forming a protective film”.
　保護膜と支持シートとの間の粘着力は、以下の方法で測定できる。
　すなわち、幅が２５ｍｍで長さが任意の保護膜形成用複合シートをその保護膜形成用フィルムにより被着体へ貼付する。
　次いで、エネルギー線を照射して保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて、保護膜を形成した後、被着体へ貼付されているこの保護膜から、支持シートを剥離速度３００ｍｍ／ｍｉｎで剥離させる。このときの剥離は、保護膜及び支持シートの互いに接触していた面同士が１８０°の角度を為すように、支持シートをその長さ方向（保護膜形成用複合シートの長さ方向）へ剥離させる、いわゆる１８０°剥離とする。そして、この１８０°剥離のときの荷重（剥離力）を測定し、その測定値を前記粘着力（ｍＮ／２５ｍｍ）とする。 The adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet can be measured by the following method.
That is, a protective film-forming composite sheet having a width of 25 mm and an arbitrary length is attached to an adherend by the protective film-forming film.
Next, after irradiating energy rays to cure the protective film-forming film to form a protective film, the support sheet is peeled off at a peeling speed of 300 mm / min from this protective film applied to the adherend. At this time, the support sheet is peeled in the length direction (the length direction of the composite sheet for forming the protective film) so that the surfaces of the protective film and the support sheet that are in contact with each other form an angle of 180 °. The so-called 180 ° peeling is performed. And the load (peeling force) at the time of this 180 degree | times peeling is measured, and let the measured value be the said adhesive force (mN / 25mm).
　測定に供する保護膜形成用複合シートの長さは、粘着力を安定して検出できる範囲であれば、特に限定されないが、１００～３００ｍｍであることが好ましい。また、測定に際しては、保護膜形成用複合シートを被着体へ貼付した状態とし、保護膜形成用複合シートの貼付状態を安定化させておくことが好ましい。 The length of the composite sheet for forming a protective film used for the measurement is not particularly limited as long as the adhesive force can be stably detected, but is preferably 100 to 300 mm. In the measurement, it is preferable that the protective sheet-forming composite sheet is stuck on the adherend and the sticking state of the protective film-forming composite sheet is stabilized.
　本発明において、保護膜形成用フィルムと前記支持シートとの間の粘着力は、特に限定されず、例えば、８０ｍＮ／２５ｍｍ以上等であってもよいが、１００ｍＮ／２５ｍｍ以上であることが好ましく、１５０ｍＮ／２５ｍｍ以上であることがより好ましく、２００ｍＮ／２５ｍｍ以上であることが特に好ましい。前記粘着力が１００ｍＮ／２５ｍｍ以上であることで、ダイシング時において、保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの剥離が抑制され、例えば、裏面に保護膜形成用フィルムを備えた半導体チップの支持シートからの飛散が抑制される。
　一方、保護膜形成用フィルムと前記支持シートとの間の粘着力の上限値は、特に限定されず、例えば、４０００ｍＮ／２５ｍｍ、３５００ｍＮ／２５ｍｍ、３０００ｍＮ／２５ｍｍ等のいずれかとすることができる。ただし、これらは一例である。 In the present invention, the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, 80 mN / 25 mm or more, preferably 100 mN / 25 mm or more, It is more preferably 150 mN / 25 mm or more, and particularly preferably 200 mN / 25 mm or more. When the adhesive force is 100 mN / 25 mm or more, peeling between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is suppressed during dicing. For example, from a support sheet for a semiconductor chip having a protective film-forming film on the back surface Is prevented from scattering.
On the other hand, the upper limit value of the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is not particularly limited, and can be any of, for example, 4000 mN / 25 mm, 3500 mN / 25 mm, 3000 mN / 25 mm, and the like. However, these are examples.
　保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの間の粘着力は、測定に供する保護膜形成用フィルムの、エネルギー線の照射による硬化を行わない点以外は、上述の保護膜と支持シートとの間の粘着力と同じ方法で測定できる。 The adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is between the protective film and the support sheet, except that the protective film-forming film used for measurement is not cured by irradiation with energy rays. It can be measured by the same method as adhesive strength.
　上述の、保護膜と支持シートとの間の粘着力、及び保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの間の粘着力は、例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの含有成分の種類及び量、支持シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムを設ける層の構成材料、この層の表面状態等を調節することで、適宜調節できる。 The above-mentioned adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet and the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet are, for example, the types and amounts of the components contained in the protective film-forming film, It can adjust suitably by adjusting the constituent material of the layer which provides the film for protective film formation, the surface state of this layer, etc.
　例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの含有成分の種類及び量は、後述する保護膜形成用組成物の含有成分の種類及び量により調節できる。そして、保護膜形成用組成物の含有成分のうち、例えば、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）の種類及び含有量、充填材（ｄ）の含有量、又は架橋剤（ｆ）の含有量を調節することで、保護膜又は保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの間の粘着力をより容易に調節できる。 For example, the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming film can be adjusted by the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming composition described below. And among the components of the composition for forming a protective film, for example, the type and content of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group, the content of the filler (d), or the crosslinking agent (f) By adjusting the content of, the adhesive force between the protective film or the protective film-forming film and the support sheet can be adjusted more easily.
　また、例えば、支持シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムを設ける層が、粘着剤層である場合には、その構成材料は、粘着剤層の含有成分の種類及び量を調節することで、適宜調節できる。そして、粘着剤層の含有成分の種類及び量は、上述の粘着剤組成物の含有成分の種類及び量により調節できる。
　一方、支持シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムを設ける層が、基材である場合には、保護膜又は保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの間の粘着力は、基材の構成材料以外に、基材の表面状態でも調節できる。そして、基材の表面状態は、例えば、基材の他の層との密着性を向上させるものとして先に挙げた表面処理、すなわち、サンドブラスト処理、溶剤処理等による凹凸化処理；コロナ放電処理、電子線照射処理、プラズマ処理、オゾン・紫外線照射処理、火炎処理、クロム酸処理、熱風処理等の酸化処理；プライマー処理等のいずれかを施すことで、調節できる。 In addition, for example, when the layer for providing the protective film-forming film in the support sheet is an adhesive layer, the constituent material can be adjusted as appropriate by adjusting the type and amount of components contained in the adhesive layer. . And the kind and quantity of the component of an adhesive layer can be adjusted with the kind and quantity of the component of an above-mentioned adhesive composition.
On the other hand, when the layer for providing the protective film-forming film in the support sheet is a base material, the adhesive force between the protective film or the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is not limited to the constituent material of the base material. The surface condition of the substrate can also be adjusted. And the surface state of the base material is, for example, the surface treatment mentioned above as improving the adhesion with the other layers of the base material, that is, the concavo-convex treatment by sandblasting, solvent treatment, etc .; corona discharge treatment, It can be adjusted by performing any one of an electron beam irradiation treatment, a plasma treatment, an ozone / ultraviolet ray irradiation treatment, a flame treatment, a chromic acid treatment, a hot air treatment and the like; and a primer treatment.
　保護膜形成用フィルムは、エネルギー線硬化性を有し、例えば、エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）を含有するものが挙げられる。
　エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）は、未硬化であることが好ましく、粘着性を有することが好ましく、未硬化でかつ粘着性を有することがより好ましい。 The protective film-forming film has energy beam curability, and examples thereof include those containing an energy beam curative component (a).
The energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably tacky, and more preferably uncured and tacky.
　保護膜形成用フィルムは１層（単層）のみでもよいし、２層以上の複数層でもよく、複数層である場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。 The protective film-forming film may be only one layer (single layer), or may be two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other. The combination is not particularly limited.
　保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さは、１～１００μｍであることが好ましく、５～７５μｍであることがより好ましく、５～５０μｍであることが特に好ましい。保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さが前記下限値以上であることで、保護能がより高い保護膜を形成できる。また、保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さが前記上限値以下であることで、過剰な厚さとなることが抑制される。
　ここで、「保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さ」とは、保護膜形成用フィルム全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さとは、保護膜形成用フィルムを構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。 The thickness of the protective film-forming film is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 5 to 75 μm, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 μm. When the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or more than the lower limit value, a protective film having higher protective ability can be formed. Moreover, when the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or less than the upper limit, an excessive thickness is suppressed.
Here, the “thickness of the protective film-forming film” means the thickness of the entire protective film-forming film. For example, the thickness of the protective film-forming film composed of a plurality of layers means the protective film-forming film. Means the total thickness of all the layers that make up.
　保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜を形成するときの硬化条件は、保護膜が十分にその機能を発揮する程度の硬化度となる限り特に限定されず、保護膜形成用フィルムの種類に応じて、適宜選択すればよい。
　例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化時における、エネルギー線の照度は、４～２８０ｍＷ／ｃｍ２であることが好ましい。そして、前記硬化時における、エネルギー線の光量は、３～１０００ｍＪ／ｃｍ２であることが好ましい。 The curing conditions for forming the protective film by curing the protective film-forming film are not particularly limited as long as the protective film has a degree of curing that sufficiently exhibits its function, and the type of the protective film-forming film is not limited. Accordingly, it may be appropriately selected.
For example, the illuminance of the energy rays when the protective film-forming film is cured is preferably 4 to 280 mW / cm 2 . The amount of energy rays during the curing is preferably 3 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 .
＜＜保護膜形成用組成物＞＞
　保護膜形成用フィルムは、その構成材料を含有する保護膜形成用組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの形成対象面に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位に保護膜形成用フィルムを形成できる。保護膜形成用組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、保護膜形成用フィルムの前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。ここで、「常温」とは、先に説明したとおりである。 << Composition for forming protective film >>
The protective film-forming film can be formed using a protective film-forming composition containing the constituent materials. For example, the protective film-forming film can be formed at the target site by applying the protective film-forming composition to the surface on which the protective film-forming film is to be formed and drying it as necessary. In the composition for forming a protective film, the content ratio of components that do not vaporize at room temperature is usually the same as the content ratio of the components of the film for forming a protective film. Here, “normal temperature” is as described above.
　保護膜形成用組成物の塗工は、公知の方法で行えばよく、例えば、エアーナイフコーター、ブレードコーター、バーコーター、グラビアコーター、ロールコーター、ロールナイフコーター、カーテンコーター、ダイコーター、ナイフコーター、スクリーンコーター、マイヤーバーコーター、キスコーター等の各種コーターを用いる方法が挙げられる。 Coating of the composition for forming a protective film may be performed by a known method, for example, air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, Examples include a method using various coaters such as a screen coater, a Meyer bar coater, and a kiss coater.
　保護膜形成用組成物の乾燥条件は、特に限定されないが、保護膜形成用組成物は、後述する溶媒を含有している場合、加熱乾燥させることが好ましく、この場合、例えば、７０～１３０℃で１０秒～５分の条件で乾燥させることが好ましい。 The drying conditions of the protective film-forming composition are not particularly limited, but the protective film-forming composition is preferably heat-dried when it contains a solvent described later. In this case, for example, 70 to 130 ° C. It is preferable to dry under conditions of 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
＜保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）＞
　保護膜形成用組成物としては、例えば、前記エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）を含有する保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）等が挙げられる。 <Composition for forming protective film (IV-1)>
Examples of the protective film forming composition include a protective film forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray curable component (a).
［エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）］
　エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）は、エネルギー線の照射によって硬化する成分であり、保護膜形成用フィルムに造膜性や、可撓性等を付与するための成分でもある。
　エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）としては、例えば、エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が８００００～２００００００の重合体（ａ１）、及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有する、分子量が１００～８００００の化合物（ａ２）が挙げられる。前記重合体（ａ１）は、その少なくとも一部が、後述する架橋剤（ｆ）によって架橋されたものであってもよいし、架橋されていないものであってもよい。
　なお、本明細書において、重量平均分子量とは、特に断りのない限り、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー（ＧＰＣ）法により測定されるポリスチレン換算値を意味する。 [Energy ray curable component (a)]
The energy ray-curable component (a) is a component that is cured by irradiation with energy rays, and is also a component for imparting film-forming property, flexibility, and the like to the protective film-forming film.
Examples of the energy ray-curable component (a) include a polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and a weight average molecular weight of 80000 to 2000000, and an energy ray-curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80000. A compound (a2) is mentioned. The polymer (a1) may be at least partially crosslinked by a crosslinking agent (f) described later, or may not be crosslinked.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight means a polystyrene equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.
（エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が８００００～２００００００の重合体（ａ１））
　エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が８００００～２００００００の重合体（ａ１）としては、例えば、他の化合物が有する基と反応可能な官能基を有するアクリル系重合体（ａ１１）と、前記官能基と反応する基、及びエネルギー線硬化性二重結合等のエネルギー線硬化性基を有するエネルギー線硬化性化合物（ａ１２）と、が重合してなるアクリル系樹脂（ａ１－１）が挙げられる。 (Polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000)
Examples of the polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 include an acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group capable of reacting with a group of another compound, An acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by polymerizing a group that reacts with a functional group and an energy ray curable compound (a12) having an energy ray curable group such as an energy ray curable double bond. .
　他の化合物が有する基と反応可能な前記官能基としては、例えば、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基（アミノ基の１個又は２個の水素原子が水素原子以外の基で置換されてなる基）、エポキシ基等が挙げられる。ただし、半導体ウエハや半導体チップ等の回路の腐食を防止するという点では、前記官能基はカルボキシ基以外の基であることが好ましい。
　これらの中でも、前記官能基は、水酸基であることが好ましい。 Examples of the functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a substituted amino group (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom). Group), an epoxy group, and the like. However, the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group from the viewpoint of preventing corrosion of a circuit such as a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
Among these, the functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.
・官能基を有するアクリル系重合体（ａ１１）
　前記官能基を有するアクリル系重合体（ａ１１）としては、例えば、前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーと、前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーと、が共重合してなるものが挙げられ、これらモノマー以外に、さらにアクリル系モノマー以外のモノマー（非アクリル系モノマー）が共重合したものであってもよい。
　また、前記アクリル系重合体（ａ１１）は、ランダム共重合体であってもよいし、ブロック共重合体であってもよい。 -Acrylic polymer having a functional group (a11)
Examples of the acrylic polymer (a11) having the functional group include those obtained by copolymerizing an acrylic monomer having the functional group and an acrylic monomer having no functional group. In addition to monomers, monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers) may be copolymerized.
The acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.
　前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、アミノ基含有モノマー、置換アミノ基含有モノマー、エポキシ基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having a functional group include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, a substituted amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
　前記水酸基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、（メタ）アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、（メタ）アクリル酸２－ヒドロキシエチル、（メタ）アクリル酸２－ヒドロキシプロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸３－ヒドロキシプロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸２－ヒドロキシブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸３－ヒドロキシブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸４－ヒドロキシブチル等の（メタ）アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル；ビニルアルコール、アリルアルコール等の非（メタ）アクリル系不飽和アルコール（（メタ）アクリロイル骨格を有しない不飽和アルコール）等が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxybutyl acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic non-methacrylates such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol Saturated alcohol (unsaturated alcohol which does not have a (meth) acryloyl skeleton) etc. are mentioned.
　前記カルボキシ基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、（メタ）アクリル酸、クロトン酸等のエチレン性不飽和モノカルボン酸（エチレン性不飽和結合を有するモノカルボン酸）；フマル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、シトラコン酸等のエチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸（エチレン性不飽和結合を有するジカルボン酸）；前記エチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸の無水物；２－カルボキシエチルメタクリレート等の（メタ）アクリル酸カルボキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond) such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid, citracone Ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as acids (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; carboxyalkyl esters of (meth) acrylic acid such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc. It is done.
　前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーは、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマーが好ましく、水酸基含有モノマーがより好ましい。 The acrylic monomer having a functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
　前記アクリル系重合体（ａ１１）を構成する、前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーは、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The acrylic monomer having the functional group that constitutes the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
　前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、（メタ）アクリル酸メチル、（メタ）アクリル酸エチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｎ－プロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸イソプロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｎ－ブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸イソブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｓｅｃ－ブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ペンチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ヘキシル、（メタ）アクリル酸ヘプチル、（メタ）アクリル酸２－エチルヘキシル、（メタ）アクリル酸イソオクチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｎ－オクチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｎ－ノニル、（メタ）アクリル酸イソノニル、（メタ）アクリル酸デシル、（メタ）アクリル酸ウンデシル、（メタ）アクリル酸ドデシル（（メタ）アクリル酸ラウリル）、（メタ）アクリル酸トリデシル、（メタ）アクリル酸テトラデシル（（メタ）アクリル酸ミリスチル）、（メタ）アクリル酸ペンタデシル、（メタ）アクリル酸ヘキサデシル（（メタ）アクリル酸パルミチル）、（メタ）アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、（メタ）アクリル酸オクタデシル（（メタ）アクリル酸ステアリル）等の、アルキルエステルを構成するアルキル基が、炭素数が１～１８の鎖状構造である（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having no functional group include methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylate n. -Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, ( 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) Undecyl acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (lauryl (meth) acrylate), ( T) Decyl acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (palmityl (meth) acrylate), heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, Examples include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester such as octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate) has a chain structure having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
　また、前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、（メタ）アクリル酸メトキシメチル、（メタ）アクリル酸メトキシエチル、（メタ）アクリル酸エトキシメチル、（メタ）アクリル酸エトキシエチル等のアルコキシアルキル基含有（メタ）アクリル酸エステル；（メタ）アクリル酸フェニル等の（メタ）アクリル酸アリールエステル等を含む、芳香族基を有する（メタ）アクリル酸エステル；非架橋性の（メタ）アクリルアミド及びその誘導体；（メタ）アクリル酸Ｎ，Ｎ－ジメチルアミノエチル、（メタ）アクリル酸Ｎ，Ｎ－ジメチルアミノプロピル等の非架橋性の３級アミノ基を有する（メタ）アクリル酸エステル等も挙げられる。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having no functional group include alkoxy such as methoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, and ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate. Alkyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester; (meth) acrylic acid aryl ester such as (meth) acrylic acid phenyl ester, etc .; (meth) acrylic acid ester having an aromatic group; non-crosslinkable (meth) acrylamide and Derivatives thereof: (meth) acrylic acid esters having a non-crosslinking tertiary amino group such as N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate and N, N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate .
　前記アクリル系重合体（ａ１１）を構成する、前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーは、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The acrylic monomer which does not have the functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
　前記非アクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、エチレン、ノルボルネン等のオレフィン；酢酸ビニル；スチレン等が挙げられる。
　前記アクリル系重合体（ａ１１）を構成する前記非アクリル系モノマーは、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 Examples of the non-acrylic monomer include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
The said non-acrylic monomer which comprises the said acrylic polymer (a11) may be only 1 type, may be 2 or more types, and when it is 2 or more types, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
　前記アクリル系重合体（ａ１１）において、これを構成する構成単位の全量に対する、前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーから誘導された構成単位の量の割合（含有量）は、０．１～５０質量％であることが好ましく、１～４０質量％であることがより好ましく、３～３０質量％であることが特に好ましい。前記割合がこのような範囲であることで、前記アクリル系重合体（ａ１１）と前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物（ａ１２）との共重合によって得られた前記アクリル系樹脂（ａ１－１）において、エネルギー線硬化性基の含有量は、第１保護膜の硬化の程度を好ましい範囲に容易に調節可能となる。 In the acrylic polymer (a11), the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the acrylic monomer having the functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer is 0.1 to 50 mass. %, More preferably 1 to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass. When the ratio is within such a range, the acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerization of the acrylic polymer (a11) and the energy ray-curable compound (a12) The content of the linear curable group can easily adjust the degree of curing of the first protective film within a preferable range.
　前記アクリル系樹脂（ａ１－１）を構成する前記アクリル系重合体（ａ１１）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. You can choose.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）において、アクリル系樹脂（ａ１－１）の含有量は、１～４０質量％であることが好ましく、２～３０質量％であることがより好ましく、３～２０質量％であることが特に好ましい。 In the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) is preferably 1 to 40% by mass, more preferably 2 to 30% by mass. A content of ˜20% by weight is particularly preferred.
・エネルギー線硬化性化合物（ａ１２）
　前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物（ａ１２）は、前記アクリル系重合体（ａ１１）が有する官能基と反応可能な基として、イソシアネート基、エポキシ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群より選択される１種又は２種以上を有するものが好ましく、前記基としてイソシアネート基を有するものがより好ましい。前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物（ａ１２）は、例えば、前記基としてイソシアネート基を有する場合、このイソシアネート基が、前記官能基として水酸基を有するアクリル系重合体（ａ１１）のこの水酸基と容易に反応する。 Energy beam curable compound (a12)
The energy ray curable compound (a12) is one or two selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group and a carboxy group as a group capable of reacting with the functional group of the acrylic polymer (a11). Those having the above are preferred, and those having an isocyanate group as the group are more preferred. For example, when the energy beam curable compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the functional group.
　前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物（ａ１２）は、１分子中に前記エネルギー線硬化性基を１～５個有することが好ましく、１～３個有することがより好ましい。 The energy ray curable compound (a12) preferably has 1 to 5 energy ray curable groups in one molecule, and more preferably 1 to 3 energy ray curable groups.
　前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物（ａ１２）としては、例えば、２－メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート、メタ－イソプロペニル－α，α－ジメチルベンジルイソシアネート、メタクリロイルイソシアネート、アリルイソシアネート、１，１－（ビスアクリロイルオキシメチル）エチルイソシアネート；
　ジイソシアネート化合物又はポリイソシアネート化合物と、ヒドロキシエチル（メタ）アクリレートとの反応により得られるアクリロイルモノイソシアネート化合物；
　ジイソシアネート化合物又はポリイソシアネート化合物と、ポリオール化合物と、ヒドロキシエチル（メタ）アクリレートとの反応により得られるアクリロイルモノイソシアネート化合物等が挙げられる。
　これらの中でも、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物（ａ１２）は、２－メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネートであることが好ましい。 Examples of the energy ray-curable compound (a12) include 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, meta-isopropenyl-α, α-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, methacryloyl isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, 1,1- (bisacryloyloxymethyl). Ethyl isocyanate;
An acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by reacting a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound with hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate;
Examples thereof include an acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by a reaction of a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound, a polyol compound, and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
Among these, the energy beam curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.
　前記アクリル系樹脂（ａ１－１）を構成する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物（ａ１２）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The energy ray-curable compound (a12) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
　前記アクリル系樹脂（ａ１－１）において、前記アクリル系重合体（ａ１１）に由来する前記官能基の含有量に対する、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物（ａ１２）に由来するエネルギー線硬化性基の含有量の割合は、２０～１２０モル％であることが好ましく、３５～１００モル％であることがより好ましく、５０～１００モル％であることが特に好ましい。前記含有量の割合がこのような範囲であることで、硬化により形成された保護膜の接着力がより大きくなる。なお、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物（ａ１２）が一官能（前記基を１分子中に１個有する）化合物である場合には、前記含有量の割合の上限値は１００モル％となるが、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物（ａ１２）が多官能（前記基を１分子中に２個以上有する）化合物である場合には、前記含有量の割合の上限値は１００モル％を超えることがある。 In the acrylic resin (a1-1), the content of the energy beam curable group derived from the energy beam curable compound (a12) with respect to the content of the functional group derived from the acrylic polymer (a11). Is preferably 20 to 120 mol%, more preferably 35 to 100 mol%, and particularly preferably 50 to 100 mol%. When the ratio of the content is within such a range, the adhesive force of the protective film formed by curing is further increased. In addition, when the energy ray curable compound (a12) is a monofunctional compound (having one of the groups per molecule), the upper limit of the content ratio is 100 mol%, When the energy ray curable compound (a12) is a polyfunctional compound (having two or more of the groups in one molecule), the upper limit of the content ratio may exceed 100 mol%.
　前記重合体（ａ１）の重量平均分子量（Ｍｗ）は、１０００００～２００００００であることが好ましく、３０００００～１５０００００であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (a1) is preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 300,000 to 1500,000.
　前記重合体（ａ１）が、その少なくとも一部が架橋剤（ｆ）によって架橋されたものである場合、前記重合体（ａ１）は、前記アクリル系重合体（ａ１１）を構成するものとして説明した、上述のモノマーのいずれにも該当せず、かつ架橋剤（ｆ）と反応する基を有するモノマーが重合して、前記架橋剤（ｆ）と反応する基において架橋されたものであってもよいし、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物（ａ１２）に由来する、前記官能基と反応する基において、架橋されたものであってもよい。 In the case where the polymer (a1) is at least partly crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f), the polymer (a1) is described as constituting the acrylic polymer (a11). A monomer that does not correspond to any of the above-described monomers and has a group that reacts with the crosslinking agent (f) is polymerized to be crosslinked at the group that reacts with the crosslinking agent (f). And in the group which reacts with the said functional group derived from the said energy-beam curable compound (a12), what was bridge | crosslinked may be used.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する前記重合体（ａ１）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The polymer (a1) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
（エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、分子量が１００～８００００の化合物（ａ２））
　エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、分子量が１００～８００００の化合物（ａ２）が有するエネルギー線硬化性基としては、エネルギー線硬化性二重結合を含む基が挙げられ、好ましいものとしては、（メタ）アクリロイル基、ビニル基等が挙げられる。 (Compound (a2) having an energy ray curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000)
Examples of the energy ray curable group having the energy ray curable group and the compound (a2) having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 include a group containing an energy ray curable double bond. Preferred examples include (meth) An acryloyl group, a vinyl group, etc. are mentioned.
　前記化合物（ａ２）は、上記の条件を満たすものであれば、特に限定されないが、エネルギー線硬化性基を有する低分子量化合物、エネルギー線硬化性基を有するエポキシ樹脂、エネルギー線硬化性基を有するフェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。 The compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above conditions, but has a low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group, an epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group, and an energy ray curable group. A phenol resin etc. are mentioned.
　前記化合物（ａ２）のうち、エネルギー線硬化性基を有する低分子量化合物としては、例えば、多官能のモノマー又はオリゴマー等が挙げられ、（メタ）アクリロイル基を有するアクリレート系化合物が好ましい。
　前記アクリレート系化合物としては、例えば、２－ヒドロキシ－３－（メタ）アクリロイルオキシプロピルメタクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ（メタ）アクリレート、プロポキシ化エトキシ化ビスフェノールＡジ（メタ）アクリレート、２，２－ビス［４－（（メタ）アクリロキシポリエトキシ）フェニル］プロパン、エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ（メタ）アクリレート、２，２－ビス［４－（（メタ）アクリロキシジエトキシ）フェニル］プロパン、９，９－ビス［４－（２－（メタ）アクリロイルオキシエトキシ）フェニル］フルオレン、２，２－ビス［４－（（メタ）アクリロキシポリプロポキシ）フェニル］プロパン、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ（メタ）アクリレート（トリシクロデカンジメチロールジ（メタ）アクリレートともいう）、１，１０－デカンジオールジ（メタ）アクリレート、１，６－ヘキサンジオールジ（メタ）アクリレート、１，９－ノナンジオールジ（メタ）アクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジ（メタ）アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ（メタ）アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ（メタ）アクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコールジ（メタ）アクリレート、エチレングリコールジ（メタ）アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ（メタ）アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ（メタ）アクリレート、２，２－ビス［４－（（メタ）アクリロキシエトキシ）フェニル］プロパン、ネオペンチルグリコールジ（メタ）アクリレート、エトキシ化ポリプロピレングリコールジ（メタ）アクリレート、２－ヒドロキシ－１，３－ジ（メタ）アクリロキシプロパン等の２官能（メタ）アクリレート；
　トリス（２－（メタ）アクリロキシエチル）イソシアヌレート、ε－カプロラクトン変性トリス－（２－（メタ）アクリロキシエチル）イソシアヌレート、エトキシ化グリセリントリ（メタ）アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ（メタ）アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ（メタ）アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ（メタ）アクリレート、エトキシ化ペンタエリスリトールテトラ（メタ）アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ（メタ）アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールポリ（メタ）アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ（メタ）アクリレート等の多官能（メタ）アクリレート；
　ウレタン（メタ）アクリレートオリゴマー等の多官能（メタ）アクリレートオリゴマー等が挙げられる。 Among the compounds (a2), examples of the low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group include polyfunctional monomers or oligomers, and an acrylate compound having a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
Examples of the acrylate compound include 2-hydroxy-3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propoxylated ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, and 2,2-bis [4 -((Meth) acryloxypolyethoxy) phenyl] propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxydiethoxy) phenyl] propane, 9,9-bis [4- (2- (meth) acryloyloxyethoxy) phenyl] fluorene, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxypolypropoxy) phenyl] propane, tricyclodecane dimethanol di (meth) acrylate (tri Cyclodecane dimethylol di (meth) ac 1) -decanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, Tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxyethoxy) phenyl] propane, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 2- Dorokishi 1,3-di (meth) acryloxy bifunctional propane (meth) acrylate;
Tris (2- (meth) acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ε-caprolactone modified tris- (2- (meth) acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ethoxylated glycerin tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, Trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol poly (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa ( Polyfunctional (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate;
Examples include polyfunctional (meth) acrylate oligomers such as urethane (meth) acrylate oligomers.
　前記化合物（ａ２）のうち、エネルギー線硬化性基を有するエポキシ樹脂、エネルギー線硬化性基を有するフェノール樹脂としては、例えば、「特開２０１３－１９４１０２号公報」の段落００４３等に記載されているものを用いることができる。このような樹脂は、後述する熱硬化性成分（ｈ）を構成する樹脂にも該当するが、本発明においては前記化合物（ａ２）として取り扱う。 Among the compounds (a2), the epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group and the phenol resin having an energy ray curable group are described in, for example, paragraph 0043 of “JP 2013-194102 A”. Things can be used. Such a resin corresponds to a resin constituting the thermosetting component (h) described later, but is treated as the compound (a2) in the present invention.
　前記化合物（ａ２）は、重量平均分子量が１００～３００００であることが好ましく、３００～１００００であることがより好ましい。 The compound (a2) preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 100 to 30,000, more preferably 300 to 10,000.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する前記化合物（ａ２）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the compound (a2) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and combinations of two or more kinds. The ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
［エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）］
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムは、前記エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）として前記化合物（ａ２）を含有する場合、さらにエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）も含有することが好ましい。
　前記重合体（ｂ）は、その少なくとも一部が架橋剤（ｆ）によって架橋されたものであってもよいし、架橋されていないものであってもよい。 [Polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group]
When the protective film forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film forming film contain the compound (a2) as the energy ray curable component (a), the polymer further does not have an energy ray curable group. It is also preferable to contain (b).
The polymer (b) may be at least partially crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f) or may not be crosslinked.
　エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）としては、例えば、アクリル系重合体、フェノキシ樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、ポリエステル、ゴム系樹脂、アクリルウレタン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール（ＰＶＡ）、ブチラール樹脂、ポリエステルウレタン樹脂等が挙げられる。
　これらの中でも、前記重合体（ｂ）は、アクリル系重合体（以下、「アクリル系重合体（ｂ－１）」と略記することがある）であることが好ましい。 Examples of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group include acrylic polymers, phenoxy resins, urethane resins, polyesters, rubber resins, acrylic urethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), butyral resins, and polyester urethanes. Examples thereof include resins.
Among these, the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “acrylic polymer (b-1)”).
　アクリル系重合体（ｂ－１）は、公知のものでよく、例えば、１種のアクリル系モノマーの単独重合体であってもよいし、２種以上のアクリル系モノマーの共重合体であってもよいし、１種又は２種以上のアクリル系モノマーと、１種又は２種以上のアクリル系モノマー以外のモノマー（非アクリル系モノマー）と、の共重合体であってもよい。 The acrylic polymer (b-1) may be a known one, for example, a homopolymer of one acrylic monomer or a copolymer of two or more acrylic monomers. Alternatively, it may be a copolymer of one or two or more acrylic monomers and a monomer (non-acrylic monomer) other than one or two or more acrylic monomers.
　アクリル系重合体（ｂ－１）を構成する前記アクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステル、環状骨格を有する（メタ）アクリル酸エステル、グリシジル基含有（メタ）アクリル酸エステル、水酸基含有（メタ）アクリル酸エステル、置換アミノ基含有（メタ）アクリル酸エステル等が挙げられる。ここで、「置換アミノ基」とは、先に説明したとおりである。 Examples of the acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton, glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester, Examples include hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters and substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters. Here, the “substituted amino group” is as described above.
　前記（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステルとしては、例えば、（メタ）アクリル酸メチル、（メタ）アクリル酸エチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｎ－プロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸イソプロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｎ－ブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸イソブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｓｅｃ－ブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｔｅｒｔ－ブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ペンチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ヘキシル、（メタ）アクリル酸ヘプチル、（メタ）アクリル酸２－エチルヘキシル、（メタ）アクリル酸イソオクチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｎ－オクチル、（メタ）アクリル酸ｎ－ノニル、（メタ）アクリル酸イソノニル、（メタ）アクリル酸デシル、（メタ）アクリル酸ウンデシル、（メタ）アクリル酸ドデシル（（メタ）アクリル酸ラウリル）、（メタ）アクリル酸トリデシル、（メタ）アクリル酸テトラデシル（（メタ）アクリル酸ミリスチル）、（メタ）アクリル酸ペンタデシル、（メタ）アクリル酸ヘキサデシル（（メタ）アクリル酸パルミチル）、（メタ）アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、（メタ）アクリル酸オクタデシル（（メタ）アクリル酸ステアリル）等の、アルキルエステルを構成するアルキル基が、炭素数が１～１８の鎖状構造である（メタ）アクリル酸アルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, and n- (meth) acrylate. Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, (meth ) 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, isooctyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic Undecyl acid, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (lauryl (meth) acrylate), ( T) Decyl acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (palmityl (meth) acrylate), heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, Examples include (meth) acrylic acid alkyl esters in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester such as octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate) has a chain structure having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
　前記環状骨格を有する（メタ）アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、（メタ）アクリル酸イソボルニル、（メタ）アクリル酸ジシクロペンタニル等の（メタ）アクリル酸シクロアルキルエステル；
　（メタ）アクリル酸ベンジル等の（メタ）アクリル酸アラルキルエステル；
　（メタ）アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルエステル等の（メタ）アクリル酸シクロアルケニルエステル；
　（メタ）アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチルエステル等の（メタ）アクリル酸シクロアルケニルオキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as isobornyl (meth) acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate;
(Meth) acrylic acid aralkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid benzyl;
(Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl ester;
Examples include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyloxyethyl ester.
　前記グリシジル基含有（メタ）アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、（メタ）アクリル酸グリシジル等が挙げられる。
　前記水酸基含有（メタ）アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、（メタ）アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、（メタ）アクリル酸２－ヒドロキシエチル、（メタ）アクリル酸２－ヒドロキシプロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸３－ヒドロキシプロピル、（メタ）アクリル酸２－ヒドロキシブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸３－ヒドロキシブチル、（メタ）アクリル酸４－ヒドロキシブチル等が挙げられる。
　前記置換アミノ基含有（メタ）アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、（メタ）アクリル酸Ｎ－メチルアミノエチル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic ester include glycidyl (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, and 3-hydroxy (meth) acrylate. Examples include propyl, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
Examples of the substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate.
　アクリル系重合体（ｂ－１）を構成する前記非アクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、エチレン、ノルボルネン等のオレフィン；酢酸ビニル；スチレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
　少なくとも一部が架橋剤（ｆ）によって架橋された、前記エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）としては、例えば、前記重合体（ｂ）中の反応性官能基が架橋剤（ｆ）と反応したものが挙げられる。
　前記反応性官能基は、架橋剤（ｆ）の種類等に応じて適宜選択すればよく、特に限定されない。例えば、架橋剤（ｆ）がポリイソシアネート化合物である場合には、前記反応性官能基としては、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、イソシアネート基との反応性が高い水酸基が好ましい。また、架橋剤（ｆ）がエポキシ系化合物である場合には、前記反応性官能基としては、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基等が挙げられ、これらの中でもエポキシ基との反応性が高いカルボキシ基が好ましい。ただし、半導体ウエハや半導体チップの回路の腐食を防止するという点では、前記反応性官能基はカルボキシ基以外の基であることが好ましい。 As the polymer (b) at least partially crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f) and not having the energy ray curable group, for example, the reactive functional group in the polymer (b) is a crosslinking agent (f ).
The reactive functional group may be appropriately selected according to the type of the crosslinking agent (f) and the like, and is not particularly limited. For example, when the crosslinking agent (f) is a polyisocyanate compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and an amino group. Among these, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with an isocyanate group. Is preferred. Further, when the crosslinking agent (f) is an epoxy compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a carboxy group, an amino group, an amide group, etc. Among them, a carboxy group having high reactivity with an epoxy group. Groups are preferred. However, the reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group in terms of preventing corrosion of a circuit of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
　前記反応性官能基を有する、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）としては、例えば、少なくとも前記反応性官能基を有するモノマーを重合させて得られたものが挙げられる。アクリル系重合体（ｂ－１）の場合であれば、これを構成するモノマーとして挙げた、前記アクリル系モノマー及び非アクリル系モノマーのいずれか一方又は両方として、前記反応性官能基を有するものを用いればよい。例えば、反応性官能基として水酸基を有する前記重合体（ｂ）としては、例えば、水酸基含有（メタ）アクリル酸エステルを重合して得られたものが挙げられ、これ以外にも、先に挙げた前記アクリル系モノマー又は非アクリル系モノマーにおいて、１個又は２個以上の水素原子が前記反応性官能基で置換されてなるモノマーを重合して得られたものが挙げられる。 Examples of the polymer (b) having the reactive functional group and not having the energy ray-curable group include those obtained by polymerizing at least the monomer having the reactive functional group. In the case of the acrylic polymer (b-1), those having the reactive functional group as one or both of the acrylic monomer and the non-acrylic monomer mentioned as the monomers constituting the polymer (b-1). Use it. For example, examples of the polymer (b) having a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group include those obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester. Examples of the acrylic monomer or non-acrylic monomer include those obtained by polymerizing a monomer in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms are substituted with the reactive functional group.
　反応性官能基を有する前記重合体（ｂ）において、これを構成する構成単位の全量に対する、反応性官能基を有するモノマーから誘導された構成単位の量の割合（含有量）は、１～２５質量％であることが好ましく、２～２０質量％であることがより好ましい。前記割合がこのような範囲であることで、前記重合体（ｂ）において、架橋の程度がより好ましい範囲となる。 In the polymer (b) having a reactive functional group, the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the monomer having the reactive functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer (b) is 1 to 25. The mass is preferably 2, and more preferably 2 to 20 mass%. When the ratio is within such a range, the degree of cross-linking becomes a more preferable range in the polymer (b).
　エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）の重量平均分子量（Ｍｗ）は、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）の造膜性がより良好となる点から、１００００～２００００００であることが好ましく、１０００００～１５０００００であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group is 10,000 to 2,000,000 from the viewpoint that the film-forming property of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) becomes better. It is preferably 100000 to 1500,000.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of more than species, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）としては、前記重合体（ａ１）及び前記化合物（ａ２）のいずれか一方又は両方を含有するものが挙げられる。そして、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）は、前記化合物（ａ２）を含有する場合、さらにエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）も含有することが好ましく、この場合、さらに前記（ａ１）を含有することも好ましい。また、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）は、前記化合物（ａ２）を含有せず、前記重合体（ａ１）、及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）をともに含有していてもよい。 Examples of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) include those containing one or both of the polymer (a1) and the compound (a2). When the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the compound (a2), it preferably contains a polymer (b) that does not have an energy ray-curable group. It is also preferable to contain (a1). Further, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) does not contain the compound (a2) and contains both the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. It may be.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）が、前記重合体（ａ１）、前記化合物（ａ２）及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）を含有する場合、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）において、前記化合物（ａ２）の含有量は、前記重合体（ａ１）及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）の総含有量１００質量部に対して、１０～４００質量部であることが好ましく、３０～３５０質量部であることがより好ましい。 When the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the polymer (a1), the compound (a2) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, the protective film-forming composition In (IV-1), the content of the compound (a2) is 10 to 10 parts per 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. The amount is preferably 400 parts by mass, and more preferably 30 to 350 parts by mass.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）において、溶媒以外の成分の総含有量に対する、前記エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）の合計含有量の割合（すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムの前記エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）の合計含有量）は、５～９５質量％であることが好ましく、１０～９３質量％であることがより好ましく、１５～９１質量％であることが特に好ましい。前記合計含有量の割合がこのような範囲であることで、保護膜形成用フィルムのエネルギー線硬化性がより良好となる。 In the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the total content of the energy beam curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group with respect to the total content of components other than the solvent (That is, the total content of the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group in the protective film-forming film) is 5 to 95% by mass. It is preferably 10 to 93% by mass, more preferably 15 to 91% by mass. When the ratio of the total content is within such a range, the energy ray curability of the protective film-forming film becomes better.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）が前記エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）を含有する場合、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、前記重合体（ｂ）の含有量は、エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）の含有量１００質量部に対して、３～１６０質量部であることが好ましく、６～１３０質量部であることがより好ましい。前記重合体（ｂ）の前記含有量がこのような範囲であることで、保護膜形成用フィルムのエネルギー線硬化性がより良好となる。 When the protective film forming composition (IV-1) contains the energy beam curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group, the protective film forming composition (IV-1) ) And the protective film-forming film, the content of the polymer (b) is preferably 3 to 160 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable component (a). More preferably, it is ˜130 parts by mass. When the content of the polymer (b) is in such a range, the energy ray curability of the protective film-forming film becomes better.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）は、エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）以外に、目的に応じて、光重合開始剤（ｃ）、充填材（ｄ）、カップリング剤（ｅ）、架橋剤（ｆ）、着色剤（ｇ）、熱硬化性成分（ｈ）、及び汎用添加剤（ｚ）からなる群より選択される１種又は２種以上を含有していてもよい。例えば、前記エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）及び熱硬化性成分（ｈ）を含有する保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）を用いることにより、形成される保護膜形成用フィルムは、加熱によって被着体に対する接着力が向上し、この保護膜形成用フィルムから形成された保護膜の強度も向上する。 In addition to the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) comprises a photopolymerization initiator (c) depending on the purpose. , A filler (d), a coupling agent (e), a crosslinking agent (f), a colorant (g), a thermosetting component (h), and a general-purpose additive (z). Or you may contain 2 or more types. For example, by using the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray-curable component (a) and the thermosetting component (h), the protective film-forming film formed is heated. Adhesive strength to the adherend is improved, and the strength of the protective film formed from this protective film-forming film is also improved.
［光重合開始剤（ｃ）］
　光重合開始剤（ｃ）としては、例えば、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾイン安息香酸、ベンゾイン安息香酸メチル、ベンゾインジメチルケタール等のベンゾイン化合物；アセトフェノン、２－ヒドロキシ－２－メチル－１－フェニル－プロパン－１－オン、２，２－ジメトキシ－１，２－ジフェニルエタン－１－オン等のアセトフェノン化合物；ビス（２，４，６－トリメチルベンゾイル）フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド、２，４，６－トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド等のアシルフォスフィンオキサイド化合物；ベンジルフェニルスルフィド、テトラメチルチウラムモノスルフィド等のスルフィド化合物；１－ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン等のα－ケトール化合物；アゾビスイソブチロニトリル等のアゾ化合物；チタノセン等のチタノセン化合物；チオキサントン等のチオキサントン化合物；ベンゾフェノン、２－（ジメチルアミノ）－１－（４－モルホリノフェニル）－２－ベンジル－１－ブタノン、エタノン，１－［９－エチル－６－（２－メチルベンゾイル）－９Ｈ－カルバゾール－３－イル］－，１－（Ｏ－アセチルオキシム）等のベンゾフェノン化合物；パーオキサイド化合物；ジアセチル等のジケトン化合物；ベンジル；ジベンジル；２，４－ジエチルチオキサントン；１，２－ジフェニルメタン；２－ヒドロキシ－２－メチル－１－［４－（１－メチルビニル）フェニル］プロパノン；２－クロロアントラキノン等が挙げられる。
　また、光重合開始剤（ｃ）としては、例えば、１－クロロアントラキノン等のキノン化合物；アミン等の光増感剤等を用いることもできる。 [Photoinitiator (c)]
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (c) include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin methyl benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2 Acetophenone compounds such as -hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenyl Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as phosphine oxide and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; sulfides such as benzylphenyl sulfide and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide Compound; α-ketol compound such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azo compound such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compound such as titanocene; thioxanthone compound such as thioxanthone; benzophenone, 2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzyl-1-butanone, ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime Benzophenone compounds such as); diketone compounds such as diacetyl; benzyl; dibenzyl; 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (1-methyl Vinyl) phenyl] propanone; 2-chloroanthraquino Or the like.
As the photopolymerization initiator (c), for example, a quinone compound such as 1-chloroanthraquinone; a photosensitizer such as amine can be used.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）が含有する光重合開始剤（ｃ）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The photopolymerization initiator (c) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and when there are two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof are arbitrary. Can be selected.
　光重合開始剤（ｃ）を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）において、光重合開始剤（ｃ）の含有量は、エネルギー線硬化性化合物（ａ）の含有量１００質量部に対して、０．０１～２０質量部であることが好ましく、０．０３～１０質量部であることがより好ましく、０．０５～５質量部であることが特に好ましい。 When the photopolymerization initiator (c) is used, in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator (c) is 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable compound (a). The amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
［充填材（ｄ）］
　保護膜形成用フィルムが充填材（ｄ）を含有することにより、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜は、熱膨張係数の調整が容易となり、この熱膨張係数を保護膜の形成対象物に対して最適化することで、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性がより向上する。また、保護膜形成用フィルムが充填材（ｄ）を含有することにより、保護膜の吸湿率を低減したり、放熱性を向上させたりすることもできる。さらに、保護膜形成用フィルムが適切な大きさの充填材（ｄ）を含有することにより、保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）の調節が容易になることもある。
　充填材（ｄ）としては、例えば、熱伝導性材料からなるものが挙げられる。 [Filler (d)]
When the protective film-forming film contains the filler (d), the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film can easily adjust the thermal expansion coefficient. By optimizing the object to be formed, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved. Moreover, the moisture absorption rate of a protective film can be reduced or heat dissipation can be improved because the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d). Furthermore, when the protective film-forming film contains an appropriately sized filler (d), the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface (α) can be easily adjusted in the protective film-forming film. is there.
Examples of the filler (d) include those made of a heat conductive material.
　充填材（ｄ）は、有機充填材及び無機充填材のいずれでもよいが、無機充填材であることが好ましい。
　好ましい無機充填材としては、例えば、シリカ、アルミナ、タルク、炭酸カルシウム、チタンホワイト、ベンガラ、炭化ケイ素、窒化ホウ素等の粉末；これら無機充填材を球形化したビーズ；これら無機充填材の表面改質品；これら無機充填材の単結晶繊維；ガラス繊維等が挙げられる。
　これらの中でも、無機充填材は、シリカ又はアルミナであることが好ましく、エポキシ修飾したシリカがより好ましい。 The filler (d) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but is preferably an inorganic filler.
Preferred inorganic fillers include, for example, powders of silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, bengara, silicon carbide, boron nitride, and the like; beads formed by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; surface modification of these inorganic fillers Products; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; glass fibers and the like.
Among these, the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina, and more preferably epoxy-modified silica.
　充填材（ｄ）の平均粒子径は、特に限定されないが、０．０１～２０μｍであることが好ましく、０．１～１５μｍであることがより好ましく、０．３～１０μｍであることが特に好ましい。また、本発明の１つの側面は、充填材（ｄ）の平均粒子径が、０．０５～０．１μｍである。充填材（ｄ）の平均粒子径がこのような範囲であることで、保護膜の形成対象物に対する接着性を維持しつつ、保護膜の光の透過率の低下を抑制できる。
　なお、本明細書において「平均粒子径」とは、特に断りのない限り、レーザー回折散乱法によって求められた粒度分布曲線における、積算値５０％での粒子径（Ｄ５０）の値を意味する。 The average particle size of the filler (d) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 20 μm, more preferably 0.1 to 15 μm, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 10 μm. . In one aspect of the present invention, the filler (d) has an average particle size of 0.05 to 0.1 μm. When the average particle diameter of the filler (d) is in such a range, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the light transmittance of the protective film while maintaining the adhesion to the object to be formed of the protective film.
In the present specification, “average particle size” means the value of the particle size (D 50 ) at an integrated value of 50% in the particle size distribution curve obtained by the laser diffraction scattering method, unless otherwise specified. .
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する充填材（ｄ）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the filler (d) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and combinations of two or more types. The ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
　充填材（ｄ）を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）において、溶媒以外の全ての成分の総含有量に対する充填材（ｄ）の含有量の割合（すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムの充填材（ｄ）の含有量）は、２～８３質量％であることが好ましく、３～６８質量％であることがより好ましく、４～３０質量％であることが更に好ましい。充填材（ｄ）の含有量がこのような範囲であることで、上記の熱膨張係数の調整がより容易となる。 When the filler (d) is used, in the protective film forming composition (IV-1), the ratio of the content of the filler (d) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, for forming the protective film) The content of the filler (d) in the film) is preferably 2 to 83% by mass, more preferably 3 to 68% by mass, and further preferably 4 to 30% by mass. When the content of the filler (d) is in such a range, the adjustment of the thermal expansion coefficient becomes easier.
［カップリング剤（ｅ）］
　カップリング剤（ｅ）として、無機化合物又は有機化合物と反応可能な官能基を有するものを用いることにより、保護膜形成用フィルムの被着体に対する接着性及び密着性を向上させることができる。また、カップリング剤（ｅ）を用いることで、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜は、耐熱性を損なうことなく、耐水性が向上する。 [Coupling agent (e)]
By using a coupling agent (e) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesion of the protective film-forming film to the adherend can be improved. Further, by using the coupling agent (e), the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film has improved water resistance without impairing the heat resistance.
　カップリング剤（ｅ）は、エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）等が有する官能基と反応可能な官能基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、シランカップリング剤であることがより好ましい。
　好ましい前記シランカップリング剤としては、例えば、３－グリシジルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、３－グリシジルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、３－グリシジルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、３－グリシジルオキシメチルジエトキシシラン、２－（３，４－エポキシシクロヘキシル）エチルトリメトキシシラン、３－メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、３－アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、３－（２－アミノエチルアミノ）プロピルトリメトキシシラン、３－（２－アミノエチルアミノ）プロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、３－（フェニルアミノ）プロピルトリメトキシシラン、３－アニリノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、３－ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、３－メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、３－メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、ビス（３－トリエトキシシリルプロピル）テトラスルファン、メチルトリメトキシシラン、メチルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリアセトキシシラン、イミダゾールシラン等が挙げられる。 The coupling agent (e) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional group of the energy beam curable component (a), the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group, and the like. More preferably, it is a silane coupling agent.
Preferred examples of the silane coupling agent include 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-aminoethylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-amino Ethylamino) propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (phenylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropi Examples include trimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis (3-triethoxysilylpropyl) tetrasulfane, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriacetoxysilane, and imidazolesilane. It is done.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有するカップリング剤（ｅ）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the coupling agent (e) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
　カップリング剤（ｅ）を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、カップリング剤（ｅ）の含有量は、エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）の総含有量１００質量部に対して、０．０３～２０質量部であることが好ましく、０．０５～１０質量部であることがより好ましく、０．１～５質量部であることが特に好ましい。カップリング剤（ｅ）の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、充填材（ｄ）の樹脂への分散性の向上や、保護膜形成用フィルムの被着体との接着性の向上など、カップリング剤（ｅ）を用いたことによる効果がより顕著に得られる。また、カップリング剤（ｅ）の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、アウトガスの発生がより抑制される。 When the coupling agent (e) is used, the content of the coupling agent (e) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film includes the energy ray curable component (a) and the energy. It is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (b) having no linear curable group, The amount is particularly preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass. When the content of the coupling agent (e) is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the dispersibility of the filler (d) in the resin is improved and the adhesion of the protective film-forming film to the adherend is improved. The effect by using a coupling agent (e) etc. is acquired more notably. Moreover, generation | occurrence | production of an outgas is suppressed more because the said content of a coupling agent (e) is below the said upper limit.
［架橋剤（ｆ）］
　架橋剤（Ｆ）を用いて、上述のエネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）やエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）架橋することにより、保護膜形成用フィルムの初期接着力及び凝集力を調節できる。 [Crosslinking agent (f)]
By using the crosslinking agent (F) and crosslinking the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable component (a) or energy beam curable group, the initial adhesive force and cohesive force of the protective film-forming film. Can be adjusted.
　架橋剤（ｆ）としては、例えば、有機多価イソシアネート化合物、有機多価イミン化合物、金属キレート系架橋剤（金属キレート構造を有する架橋剤）、アジリジン系架橋剤（アジリジニル基を有する架橋剤）等が挙げられる。 Examples of the crosslinking agent (f) include organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), aziridine crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an aziridinyl group), and the like. Is mentioned.
　前記有機多価イソシアネート化合物としては、例えば、芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物、脂肪族多価イソシアネート化合物及び脂環族多価イソシアネート化合物（以下、これら化合物をまとめて「芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等」と略記することがある）；前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等の三量体、イソシアヌレート体及びアダクト体；前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等とポリオール化合物とを反応させて得られる末端イソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー等が挙げられる。前記「アダクト体」は、前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物、脂肪族多価イソシアネート化合物又は脂環族多価イソシアネート化合物と、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ネオペンチルグリコール、トリメチロールプロパン又はヒマシ油等の低分子活性水素含有化合物との反応物を意味し、その例としては、後述するようなトリメチロールプロパンのキシリレンジイソシアネート付加物等が挙げられる。また、「末端イソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー」とは、ウレタン結合を有するとともに、分子の末端部にイソシアネート基を有するプレポリマーを意味する。 Examples of the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound include an aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and an alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound (hereinafter, these compounds are collectively referred to as “aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and the like”). A trimer such as the aromatic polyisocyanate compound, isocyanurate and adduct; a terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer obtained by reacting the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound and the polyol compound. Etc. The “adduct body” includes the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, the aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, or the alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and a low amount of ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane, castor oil, or the like. It means a reaction product with a molecularly active hydrogen-containing compound, and examples thereof include an xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane as described later. The “terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer” means a prepolymer having a urethane bond and an isocyanate group at the end of the molecule.
　前記有機多価イソシアネート化合物として、より具体的には、例えば、２，４－トリレンジイソシアネート；２，６－トリレンジイソシアネート；１，３－キシリレンジイソシアネート；１，４－キシレンジイソシアネート；ジフェニルメタン－４，４’－ジイソシアネート；ジフェニルメタン－２，４’－ジイソシアネート；３－メチルジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート；ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート；イソホロンジイソシアネート；ジシクロヘキシルメタン－４，４’－ジイソシアネート；ジシクロヘキシルメタン－２，４’－ジイソシアネート；トリメチロールプロパン等のポリオールのすべて又は一部の水酸基に、トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート及びキシリレンジイソシアネートのいずれか１種又は２種以上が付加した化合物；リジンジイソシアネート等が挙げられる。 More specifically, as the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate; 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-4 Dimethylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; trimethylol Any one of tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate is added to all or some hydroxyl groups of a polyol such as propane. Or two or more compounds are added; lysine diisocyanate.
　前記有機多価イミン化合物としては、例えば、Ｎ，Ｎ’－ジフェニルメタン－４，４’－ビス（１－アジリジンカルボキシアミド）、トリメチロールプロパン－トリ－β－アジリジニルプロピオネート、テトラメチロールメタン－トリ－β－アジリジニルプロピオネート、Ｎ，Ｎ’－トルエン－２，４－ビス（１－アジリジンカルボキシアミド）トリエチレンメラミン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic polyvalent imine compound include N, N′-diphenylmethane-4,4′-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri-β-aziridinylpropionate, and tetramethylolmethane. -Tri-β-aziridinylpropionate, N, N′-toluene-2,4-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide) triethylenemelamine and the like.
　架橋剤（ｆ）として有機多価イソシアネート化合物を用いる場合、エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）又はエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）としては、水酸基含有重合体を用いることが好ましい。架橋剤（ｆ）がイソシアネート基を有し、エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）又はエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）が水酸基を有する場合、架橋剤（ｆ）とエネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）又はエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）との反応によって、保護膜形成用フィルムに架橋構造を簡便に導入できる。 When an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (f), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the energy ray curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group. When the crosslinking agent (f) has an isocyanate group, and the energy ray-curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group has a hydroxyl group, the crosslinking agent (f) and the energy ray-curable property. A cross-linked structure can be easily introduced into the protective film-forming film by reaction with the component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する架橋剤（ｆ）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The crosslinking agent (f) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, or a combination of two or more types. The ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
　架橋剤（ｆ）を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）において、架橋剤（ｆ）の含有量は、エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ）及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）の総含有量１００質量部に対して、０．０１～２０質量部であることが好ましく、０．１～１０質量部であることがより好ましく、０．５～５質量部であることが特に好ましい。架橋剤（ｆ）の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、架橋剤（ｆ）を用いたことによる効果がより顕著に得られる。また、架橋剤（ｆ）の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、架橋剤（ｆ）の過剰使用が抑制される。 In the case where the crosslinking agent (f) is used, the content of the crosslinking agent (f) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is such that the energy ray-curable component (a) and the energy ray-curable group having no energy ray-curable group are contained. The total content of the combined (b) is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by weight, and 0.5 to 5 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight. It is particularly preferred. When the content of the cross-linking agent (f) is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, the effect of using the cross-linking agent (f) is more remarkably obtained. Moreover, the excessive use of a crosslinking agent (f) is suppressed because the said content of a crosslinking agent (f) is below the said upper limit.
［着色剤（ｇ）］
　着色剤（ｇ）としては、例えば、無機系顔料、有機系顔料、有機系染料等、公知のものが挙げられる。 [Colorant (g)]
Examples of the colorant (g) include known pigments such as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and organic dyes.
　前記有機系顔料及び有機系染料としては、例えば、アミニウム系色素、シアニン系色素、メロシアニン系色素、クロコニウム系色素、スクアリウム系色素、アズレニウム系色素、ポリメチン系色素、ナフトキノン系色素、ピリリウム系色素、フタロシアニン系色素、ナフタロシアニン系色素、ナフトラクタム系色素、アゾ系色素、縮合アゾ系色素、インジゴ系色素、ペリノン系色素、ペリレン系色素、ジオキサジン系色素、キナクリドン系色素、イソインドリノン系色素、キノフタロン系色素、ピロール系色素、チオインジゴ系色素、金属錯体系色素（金属錯塩染料）、ジチオール金属錯体系色素、インドールフェノール系色素、トリアリルメタン系色素、アントラキノン系色素、ナフトール系色素、アゾメチン系色素、ベンズイミダゾロン系色素、ピランスロン系色素及びスレン系色素等が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic pigments and organic dyes include aminium dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, croconium dyes, squalium dyes, azurenium dyes, polymethine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, pyrylium dyes, and phthalocyanines. Dyes, naphthalocyanine dyes, naphtholactam dyes, azo dyes, condensed azo dyes, indigo dyes, perinone dyes, perylene dyes, dioxazine dyes, quinacridone dyes, isoindolinone dyes, quinophthalone dyes , Pyrrole dyes, thioindigo dyes, metal complex dyes (metal complex dyes), dithiol metal complex dyes, indolephenol dyes, triallylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, naphthol dyes, azomethine dyes, benzimidazo B Systems dyes, pyranthrone pigments and threne dyes.
　前記無機系顔料としては、例えば、カーボンブラック、コバルト系色素、鉄系色素、クロム系色素、チタン系色素、バナジウム系色素、ジルコニウム系色素、モリブデン系色素、ルテニウム系色素、白金系色素、ＩＴＯ（インジウムスズオキサイド）系色素、ＡＴＯ（アンチモンスズオキサイド）系色素等が挙げられる。 Examples of the inorganic pigment include carbon black, cobalt dye, iron dye, chromium dye, titanium dye, vanadium dye, zirconium dye, molybdenum dye, ruthenium dye, platinum dye, ITO ( Indium tin oxide) dyes, ATO (antimony tin oxide) dyes, and the like.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する着色剤（ｇ）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the colorant (g) contained in the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and combinations of two or more kinds. The ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
　着色剤（ｇ）を用いる場合、保護膜形成用フィルムの着色剤（ｇ）の含有量は、目的に応じて適宜調節すればよい。例えば、保護膜はレーザー照射により印字が施される場合があり、保護膜形成用フィルムの着色剤（ｇ）の含有量を調節し、保護膜の光透過性を調節することにより、印字視認性を調節できる。この場合、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）において、溶媒以外の全ての成分の総含有量に対する着色剤（ｇ）の含有量の割合（すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムの着色剤（ｇ）の含有量）は、０．１～１０質量％であることが好ましく、０．４～７．５質量％であることがより好ましく、０．８～５質量％であることが特に好ましい。着色剤（ｇ）の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、着色剤（ｇ）を用いたことによる効果がより顕著に得られる。また、着色剤（ｇ）の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、着色剤（ｇ）の過剰使用が抑制される。 When using the colorant (g), the content of the colorant (g) in the protective film-forming film may be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. For example, the protective film may be printed by laser irradiation, and by adjusting the content of the colorant (g) in the protective film-forming film and adjusting the light transmittance of the protective film, the print visibility is improved. Can be adjusted. In this case, in the protective film forming composition (IV-1), the ratio of the content of the colorant (g) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, the colorant (g )) Is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.4 to 7.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.8 to 5% by mass. The effect by using a colorant (g) is acquired more notably because the content of the colorant (g) is not less than the lower limit. Moreover, the excessive use of a coloring agent (g) is suppressed because the said content of a coloring agent (g) is below the said upper limit.
［熱硬化性成分（ｈ）］
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する熱硬化性成分（ｈ）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [Thermosetting component (h)]
The thermosetting component (h) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two kinds or more, and if two or more kinds, These combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
　熱硬化性成分（ｈ）としては、例えば、エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂、熱硬化性ポリイミド、ポリウレタン、不飽和ポリエステル、シリコーン樹脂等が挙げられ、エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂が好ましい。 Examples of the thermosetting component (h) include epoxy thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimides, polyurethanes, unsaturated polyesters, and silicone resins, and epoxy thermosetting resins are preferable.
（エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂）
　エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂（ｈ１）及び熱硬化剤（ｈ２）からなる。　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有するエポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 (Epoxy thermosetting resin)
The epoxy thermosetting resin includes an epoxy resin (h1) and a thermosetting agent (h2). The epoxy thermosetting resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
・エポキシ樹脂（ｈ１）
　エポキシ樹脂（ｈ１）としては、公知のものが挙げられ、例えば、多官能系エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル化合物、ビスフェノールＡジグリシジルエーテル及びその水添物、オルソクレゾールノボラックエポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールＡ型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールＦ型エポキシ樹脂、フェニレン骨格型エポキシ樹脂等、２官能以上のエポキシ化合物が挙げられる。 ・ Epoxy resin (h1)
Examples of the epoxy resin (h1) include known ones such as polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and hydrogenated products thereof, orthocresol novolac epoxy resins, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resins, Biphenyl type epoxy resins, bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenylene skeleton type epoxy resins, and the like, and bifunctional or higher functional epoxy compounds are listed.
　エポキシ樹脂（ｈ１）としては、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂を用いてもよい。不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂は、不飽和炭化水素基を有しないエポキシ樹脂よりもアクリル系樹脂との相溶性が高い。そのため、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂を用いることで、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性が向上する。 As the epoxy resin (h1), an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group may be used. An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is more compatible with an acrylic resin than an epoxy resin having no unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is improved by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
　不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、多官能系エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ基の一部が不飽和炭化水素基を有する基に変換されてなる化合物が挙げられる。このような化合物は、例えば、エポキシ基へ（メタ）アクリル酸又はその誘導体を付加反応させることにより得られる。
　また、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂を構成する芳香環等に、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基が直接結合した化合物等が挙げられる。　不飽和炭化水素基は、重合性を有する不飽和基であり、その具体的な例としては、エテニル基（ビニル基）、２－プロペニル基（アリル基）、（メタ）アクリロイル基、（メタ）アクリルアミド基等が挙げられ、アクリロイル基が好ましい。 Examples of the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds obtained by converting a part of the epoxy group of a polyfunctional epoxy resin into a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Such a compound can be obtained, for example, by addition reaction of (meth) acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group.
Moreover, as an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple | bonded with the aromatic ring etc. which comprise an epoxy resin are mentioned, for example. The unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples thereof include ethenyl group (vinyl group), 2-propenyl group (allyl group), (meth) acryloyl group, (meth) An acrylamide group etc. are mentioned, An acryloyl group is preferable.
　エポキシ樹脂（ｈ１）の数平均分子量は、特に限定されないが、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化性、並びに保護膜の強度及び耐熱性の点から、３００～３００００であることが好ましく、４００～１００００であることがより好ましく、５００～３０００であることが特に好ましい。
　エポキシ樹脂（ｈ１）のエポキシ当量は、１００～１０００ｇ／ｅｑであることが好ましく、１５０～８００ｇ／ｅｑであることがより好ましい。 The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (h1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 30000 from the viewpoint of curability of the protective film-forming film and strength and heat resistance of the protective film, and is preferably 400 to 10,000. More preferably, it is more preferably 500 to 3000.
The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (h1) is preferably 100 to 1000 g / eq, and more preferably 150 to 800 g / eq.
　エポキシ樹脂（ｈ１）は、１種を単独で用いてもよいし、２種以上を併用してもよく、２種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 As the epoxy resin (h1), one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination, and when two or more types are used in combination, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
・熱硬化剤（ｈ２）
　熱硬化剤（ｈ２）は、エポキシ樹脂（ｈ１）に対する硬化剤として機能する。
　熱硬化剤（ｈ２）としては、例えば、１分子中にエポキシ基と反応し得る官能基を２個以上有する化合物が挙げられる。前記官能基としては、例えば、フェノール性水酸基、アルコール性水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、酸基が無水物化された基等が挙げられ、フェノール性水酸基、アミノ基、又は酸基が無水物化された基であることが好ましく、フェノール性水酸基又はアミノ基であることがより好ましい。 ・ Thermosetting agent (h2)
The thermosetting agent (h2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (h1).
As a thermosetting agent (h2), the compound which has 2 or more of functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example. Examples of the functional group include a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxy group, a group in which an acid group has been anhydrideized, and the like, and a phenolic hydroxyl group, an amino group, or an acid group has been anhydrideized. It is preferably a group, more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group.
　熱硬化剤（ｈ２）のうち、フェノール性水酸基を有するフェノール系硬化剤としては、例えば、多官能フェノール樹脂、ビフェノール、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン系フェノール樹脂、アラルキルフェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。
　熱硬化剤（ｈ２）のうち、アミノ基を有するアミン系硬化剤としては、例えば、ジシアンジアミド（以下、「ＤＩＣＹ」と略記することがある）等が挙げられる。 Among the thermosetting agents (h2), examples of the phenol-based curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include polyfunctional phenol resins, biphenols, novolac-type phenol resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenol resins, and aralkyl phenol resins.
Among the thermosetting agents (h2), examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amino group include dicyandiamide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “DICY”).
　熱硬化剤（ｈ２）は、不飽和炭化水素基を有するものでもよい。
　不飽和炭化水素基を有する熱硬化剤（ｈ２）としては、例えば、フェノール樹脂の水酸基の一部が、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基で置換されてなる化合物、フェノール樹脂の芳香環に、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基が直接結合してなる化合物等が挙げられる。
　熱硬化剤（ｈ２）における前記不飽和炭化水素基は、上述の不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂における不飽和炭化水素基と同様のものである。 The thermosetting agent (h2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
As the thermosetting agent (h2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, for example, a compound in which a part of the hydroxyl group of the phenol resin is substituted with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, an aromatic ring of the phenol resin, Examples thereof include compounds in which a group having a saturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded.
The unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (h2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group described above.
　熱硬化剤（ｈ２）としてフェノール系硬化剤を用いる場合には、保護膜の支持シートからの剥離性が向上する点から、熱硬化剤（ｈ２）は軟化点又はガラス転移温度が高いものが好ましい。 In the case where a phenolic curing agent is used as the thermosetting agent (h2), it is preferable that the thermosetting agent (h2) has a high softening point or glass transition temperature from the viewpoint of improving the peelability of the protective film from the support sheet. .
　熱硬化剤（ｈ２）のうち、例えば、多官能フェノール樹脂、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン系フェノール樹脂、アラルキルフェノール樹脂等の樹脂成分の数平均分子量は、３００～３００００であることが好ましく、４００～１００００であることがより好ましく、５００～３０００であることが特に好ましい。
　熱硬化剤（ｈ２）のうち、例えば、ビフェノール、ジシアンジアミド等の非樹脂成分の分子量は、特に限定されないが、例えば、６０～５００であることが好ましい。 Of the thermosetting agent (h2), for example, the number average molecular weight of the resin component such as polyfunctional phenolic resin, novolac-type phenolic resin, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resin, aralkylphenolic resin, etc. is preferably 300 to 30000, It is more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3000.
Among the thermosetting agents (h2), for example, the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500, for example.
　熱硬化剤（ｈ２）は、１種を単独で用いてもよいし、２種以上を併用してもよく、２種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 A thermosetting agent (h2) may be used individually by 1 type, may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be selected arbitrarily.
　熱硬化性成分（ｈ）を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、熱硬化剤（ｈ２）の含有量は、エポキシ樹脂（ｈ１）の含有量１００質量部に対して、０．０１～２０質量部であることが好ましい。 When the thermosetting component (h) is used, in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film, the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) is 100% of the epoxy resin (h1). The amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to parts by mass.
　熱硬化性成分（ｈ）を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、熱硬化性成分（ｈ）の含有量（例えば、エポキシ樹脂（ｈ１）及び熱硬化剤（ｈ２）の総含有量）は、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体（ｂ）の含有量１００質量部に対して、１～５００質量部であることが好ましい。 When the thermosetting component (h) is used, the content of the thermosetting component (h) (for example, the epoxy resin (h1) and the heat in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film) The total content of the curing agent (h2) is preferably 1 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group.
［汎用添加剤（ｚ）］
　汎用添加剤（ｚ）は、公知のものでよく、目的に応じて任意に選択でき、特に限定されないが、好ましいものとしては、例えば、可塑剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、ゲッタリング剤等が挙げられる。 [General-purpose additive (z)]
The general-purpose additive (z) may be a known one, and can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Preferred examples include a plasticizer, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, and a gettering agent. Is mentioned.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する汎用添加剤（ｚ）は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
　汎用添加剤（ｚ）を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）及び保護膜形成用フィルムの汎用添加剤（ｚ）の含有量は、特に限定されず、目的に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 The general-purpose additive (z) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind, two or more kinds, and when there are two or more kinds, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
When the general-purpose additive (z) is used, the content of the general-purpose additive (z) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film is not particularly limited and is appropriately selected according to the purpose. do it.
［溶媒］
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）は、さらに溶媒を含有することが好ましい。溶媒を含有する保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）は、取り扱い性が良好となる。
　前記溶媒は特に限定されないが、好ましいものとしては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の炭化水素；メタノール、エタノール、２－プロパノール、イソブチルアルコール（２－メチルプロパン－１－オール）、１－ブタノール等のアルコール；酢酸エチル等のエステル；アセトン、メチルエチルケトン等のケトン；テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル；ジメチルホルムアミド、Ｎ－メチルピロリドン等のアミド（アミド結合を有する化合物）等が挙げられる。
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）が含有する溶媒は、１種のみでもよいし、２種以上でもよく、２種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 [solvent]
The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
The solvent is not particularly limited, but preferred examples include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutyl alcohol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), and 1-butanol. Esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; amides (compounds having an amide bond) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.
The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）が含有する溶媒は、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）中の含有成分をより均一に混合できる点から、メチルエチルケトン、トルエン又は酢酸エチル等であることが好ましい。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is methyl ethyl ketone, toluene, ethyl acetate, or the like from the viewpoint that the components contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) can be mixed more uniformly. It is preferable.
＜＜保護膜形成用組成物の製造方法＞＞
　保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）等の保護膜形成用組成物は、これを構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
　各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、２種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
　溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよいし、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
　配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されず、撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法；ミキサーを用いて混合する方法；超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
　各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよいが、温度は１５～３０℃であることが好ましい。 << Method for producing protective film-forming composition >>
The composition for forming a protective film such as the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) can be obtained by blending each component for constituting the composition.
The order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
When a solvent is used, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance, or by diluting any compounding component other than the solvent in advance. You may use it by mixing a solvent with these compounding ingredients, without leaving.
The method of mixing each component at the time of compounding is not particularly limited, from a known method such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves What is necessary is just to select suitably.
The temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
◇保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートの製造方法
＜保護膜形成用フィルムの製造方法（１）＞
　本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムの製造方法の第１の態様は、少なくとも一方の表面の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が０．０３～２．０μｍである剥離フィルム（第１の剥離フィルムと称する場合がある）の前記表面粗さを有する表面上に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで製造することができる。この場合、前記第1の剥離フィルムの表面の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が、０．０３～１．８μｍであることが好ましい。また、本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、上記のように製造した保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、前記第１の剥離フィルムを貼付した表面とは反対側の表面（すなわち、表面(β)）に別の剥離フィルム（第２の剥離フィルムと称する場合がある）を貼付してもよい。
　本明細書において、剥離フィルムを備えた保護膜形成用フィルムを、「保護膜形成用シート」と称する場合がある。 ◇ Method for producing protective film-forming film and protective film-forming composite sheet <Method for producing protective film-forming film (1)>
In the first aspect of the method for producing a protective film-forming film of the present invention, a release film having a surface roughness (Ra) of at least one surface of 0.03 to 2.0 μm (referred to as a first release film) The composition for forming a protective film can be coated on the surface having the surface roughness, and dried as necessary. In this case, the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface of the first release film is preferably 0.03 to 1.8 μm. The protective film-forming film of the present invention is a protective film-forming film produced as described above, on the surface opposite to the surface on which the first release film is pasted (that is, the surface (β)). Another release film (sometimes referred to as a second release film) may be attached.
In the present specification, a protective film-forming film provided with a release film may be referred to as a “protective film-forming sheet”.
＜保護膜形成用フィルムの製造方法（２）＞
　本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムの製造方法の第２の態様は、所定の平均粒子径の充填剤を保護膜形成用組成物に配合することによって保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面（表面α）に所定の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）を有する面を形成する。この場合、平均粒子径０．０１～２０μｍの充填剤を配合することにより、０．０３～２．０μｍの表面粗さ(Ｒａ)を備えた面を形成することができる。 <Method for producing protective film-forming film (2)>
In the second aspect of the method for producing a protective film-forming film of the present invention, the exposed surface (surface α) of the protective film-forming film is blended with a filler having a predetermined average particle diameter in the protective film-forming composition. A surface having a predetermined surface roughness (Ra) is formed. In this case, a surface having a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.03 to 2.0 μm can be formed by blending a filler having an average particle size of 0.01 to 20 μm.
＜保護膜形成用複合シートの製造方法＞
　本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの製造方法の一態様を以下に説明する。
　少なくとも一方の表面の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が０．０３～２．０μｍである剥離フィルム（第１の剥離フィルムと称する場合がある）の前記表面粗さを有する表面上に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで保護膜形成用フィルムを形成し、前記保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面に第２の剥離フィルムを貼り合せる。
　前記第２の剥離フィルムを剥離した保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面（すなわち、表面（β））を、支持シートの表面に貼り合せることで、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートを製造することができる。 <Method for producing composite sheet for forming protective film>
One aspect of the method for producing the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention will be described below.
Composition for forming a protective film on a surface having a surface roughness of a release film (sometimes referred to as a first release film) having a surface roughness (Ra) of at least one surface of 0.03 to 2.0 μm An object is applied and dried as necessary to form a protective film-forming film, and a second release film is bonded to the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film.
Producing the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention by bonding the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film from which the second release film has been peeled (that is, the surface (β)) to the surface of the support sheet. Can do.
◇保護膜形成用フィルム及び保護膜形成用複合シートの使用方法
　本発明の保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜形成用シートは、例えば、以下に示す方法で使用できる。
　すなわち、半導体ウエハの裏面（電極形成面とは反対側の面）に、保護膜形成用シートの第1の剥離フィルムを有する側の表面（α）をその保護膜形成用フィルムによって貼付する。
　このとき、保護膜形成用フィルムを半導体ウエハの裏面の、本来貼付すべき位置からずれた位置に貼付された場合には、前記半導体ウエハの裏面に貼付された保護膜形成用フィルムを剥がす。具体的には、適正な位置に貼り損ねた保護膜形成用フィルムの、半導体ウエハに貼付した面とは反対の面、即ち表面（β）にリワーク用粘着シートという剥離操作専用の粘着シートを貼付し、このリワーク用粘着シートと前記貼り損ねた保護膜形成用フィルムとを一体的に前記半導体ウエハから剥がす。 ◇ Method for Using Protective Film Forming Film and Protective Film Forming Composite Sheet The protective film forming film or protective film forming sheet of the present invention can be used, for example, by the following method.
That is, the surface (α) on the side having the first release film of the protective film forming sheet is attached to the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer with the protective film forming film.
At this time, when the protective film-forming film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer at a position shifted from the position to be originally attached, the protective film-forming film attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is peeled off. Specifically, a protective film forming film that has failed to be applied at an appropriate position is affixed to a surface opposite to the surface applied to the semiconductor wafer, that is, the surface (β). Then, the adhesive sheet for rework and the film for forming a protective film that has failed to be adhered are integrally peeled from the semiconductor wafer.
　このとき、保護膜形成用フィルムの表面(α)は、所定の、即ち０．０３８μｍ以上の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）で形成されているため、前記貼付した保護膜形成用フィルムをリワーク用粘着シートと共にスムーズに剥がすことができる。即ち、剥がすときの力で半導体ウエハが破損したり、半導体ウエハの裏面に保護膜形成用フィルムの一部が残存することなく、綺麗に剥がすことができる。そのため、前記半導体ウエハの裏面に対して、そのまま、或いは必要最小限の清浄化を行ったのち、新たな別の保護膜形成用シート（保護膜形成用フィルム）を用意して、第１の剥離フィルムを剥がして前記半導体ウエハの裏面の適正な位置に再度貼付する。 At this time, since the surface (α) of the protective film-forming film is formed with a predetermined surface roughness (Ra) of 0.038 μm or more, the pasted protective film-forming film is used as a rework pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. And can be removed smoothly. That is, it is possible to remove the semiconductor wafer cleanly without damaging the semiconductor wafer due to the peeling force or leaving a part of the protective film forming film on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer. Therefore, after the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is cleaned as it is or as much as necessary, another new protective film forming sheet (protective film forming film) is prepared and the first peeling is performed. The film is peeled off and attached again at an appropriate position on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer.
　以降は従来法と同様の方法、即ち、保護膜形成用フィルムにエネルギー線を照射し、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜とし、第２の剥離フィルムを剥離し、前記保護膜の露出面（表面（β））を支持シートに貼付し、ダイシングによって、半導体ウエハを保護膜ごと分割して半導体チップとする。
　以降は従来法と同様の方法で、得られた保護膜付き半導体チップの半導体チップを基板の回路面にフリップチップ接続した後、半導体パッケージとする。そして、この半導体パッケージを用いて、目的とする半導体装置を作製すればよい。 Thereafter, the same method as the conventional method, that is, the protective film forming film is irradiated with energy rays, the protective film forming film is cured to form a protective film, the second release film is peeled off, and the protective film is exposed. The surface (surface (β)) is attached to the support sheet, and the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the protective film by dicing to form semiconductor chips.
Thereafter, the semiconductor chip of the obtained semiconductor chip with a protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate in the same manner as the conventional method, and then the semiconductor package is obtained. Then, a target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package.
　本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、例えば、以下に示す方法で使用できる。
　すなわち、半導体ウエハの裏面（電極形成面とは反対側の面）に、保護膜形成用複合シートをその保護膜形成用フィルムによって貼付する。
　このとき、保護膜形成用複合シートを半導体ウエハの裏面の、本来貼付すべき位置からずれた位置に貼付された場合には、前記半導体ウエハの裏面に貼付された保護膜形成用複合シートを剥がす。具体的には、適正な位置に貼り損ねた保護膜形成用複合シート一体的に前記半導体ウエハから剥がす。 The composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention can be used by the method shown below, for example.
That is, the protective film-forming composite sheet is attached to the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer with the protective film-forming film.
At this time, when the protective film forming composite sheet is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer at a position shifted from the position to be originally applied, the protective film forming composite sheet attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is peeled off. . Specifically, the composite sheet for forming a protective film that has failed to stick to an appropriate position is peeled off from the semiconductor wafer.
　このとき、保護膜形成用複合シートの表面(α)は、所定の、即ち０．０３８μｍ以上の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）で形成されているため、前記貼付した保護膜形成用複合シートをスムーズに剥がすことができる。即ち、剥がすときの力で半導体ウエハが破損したり、半導体ウエハの裏面に保護膜形成用複合シートの一部が残存することなく、綺麗に剥がすことができる。そのため、前記半導体ウエハの裏面に対して、そのまま、或いは必要最小限の清浄化を行ったのち、新たな別の保護膜形成用複合シートを用意して、第１の剥離フィルムを剥がして前記半導体ウエハの裏面の適正な位置に再度貼付する。
　以降は従来法と同様の方法、即ち、エネルギー線を照射し、硬化させ、ダイシングによって、半導体ウエハを保護膜ごと分割して半導体チップとする。
　そして、半導体チップを、この保護膜が貼付された状態のまま（すなわち、保護膜付き半導体チップとして）、支持シートから引き離してピックアップする。
　以降は従来法と同様の方法で、得られた保護膜付き半導体チップの半導体チップを基板の回路面にフリップチップ接続した後、半導体パッケージとする。そして、この半導体パッケージを用いて、目的とする半導体装置を作製すればよい。 At this time, since the surface (α) of the protective film-forming composite sheet is formed with a predetermined surface roughness (Ra) of 0.038 μm or more, the attached protective film-forming composite sheet can be smoothly smoothed. Can be peeled off. That is, it is possible to remove the semiconductor wafer cleanly without damaging the semiconductor wafer due to the peeling force or leaving a part of the composite sheet for forming the protective film on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer. Therefore, after the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is cleaned as it is or with the minimum necessary, a new composite sheet for forming a protective film is prepared, and the first release film is peeled off to remove the semiconductor. Affix again at the appropriate position on the back of the wafer.
Thereafter, the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the protective film into semiconductor chips by the same method as the conventional method, that is, by irradiating and curing energy rays and dicing.
Then, the semiconductor chip is picked up while being separated from the support sheet while the protective film is attached (that is, as a semiconductor chip with a protective film).
Thereafter, the semiconductor chip of the obtained semiconductor chip with a protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate in the same manner as the conventional method, and then the semiconductor package is obtained. Then, a target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package.
　なお、ここでは、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜としてから、ダイシングを行う場合について説明したが、本発明の保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜形成用複合シートを使用する場合、これらの工程を行う順序は、逆であってもよい。すなわち、半導体ウエハの裏面に保護膜形成用複合シートを貼付した後、ダイシングによって、半導体ウエハを保護膜形成用フィルムごと分割して半導体チップとする。次いで、分割済みの保護膜形成用フィルムにエネルギー線を照射して、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜とする。以降は、上記と同様に、保護膜付き半導体チップを支持シートから引き離してピックアップし、目的とする半導体装置を作製すればよい。 In addition, although the case where dicing is performed after curing the protective film-forming film as a protective film has been described here, when using the protective film-forming film or the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention, these The order in which the steps are performed may be reversed. That is, after a protective film-forming composite sheet is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the protective film-forming film by dicing to form semiconductor chips. Next, the divided protective film-forming film is irradiated with energy rays, and the protective film-forming film is cured to form a protective film. Thereafter, in the same manner as described above, the semiconductor chip with the protective film may be pulled away from the support sheet and picked up to produce the target semiconductor device.
 (シリコンウエハの再生方法)
　シリコンウエハに表面(α)によって本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムが貼付された積層体から、当該保護膜形成用フィルムを剥離してシリコンウエハを再生する方法としては、例えば、下記工程（１）～（２）を有するシリコンウエハの再生方法が挙げられる。
工程（１）：基材及び粘着剤層を有するリワーク用粘着シートの当該粘着剤層を、前記積層体の保護膜形成用フィルムのシリコンウエハに貼付された表面（α）とは反対側の表面（β）に貼付する工程
工程（２）：工程（１）で貼付した前記リワーク用粘着シートを引き剥がして、前記シリコンウエハに貼付された前記保護膜形成用フィルムを剥離する工程 (Recycling method of silicon wafer)
As a method for reclaiming a silicon wafer by peeling off the protective film-forming film from the laminate in which the protective film-forming film of the present invention is attached to the silicon wafer by the surface (α), for example, the following step (1) And a method for reclaiming a silicon wafer having (2).
Step (1): The surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet for rework having a base material and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the side opposite to the surface (α) attached to the silicon wafer of the protective film-forming film of the laminate. Step (2) for attaching to (β): Step of peeling off the protective film-forming film attached to the silicon wafer by peeling off the rework adhesive sheet attached in Step (1).
　上記のシリコンウエハの再生方法は、シリコンウエハに貼付した後で剥離しようとする際に、シリコンウエハを破損せず、且つ、残存物を生じることなく剥離することができるよう、優れたリワーク性を有する本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムの性質を利用したものである。
　なお、このシリコンウエハの再生方法は、シリコンウエハと本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムの表面（α）とを貼付した直後の積層体だけでなく、貼付してから２４時間程度経過して、シリコンウエハと保護膜形成用フィルムとの密着性が向上した状態の積層体に対しても適用することができる。 The above silicon wafer recycling method has excellent reworkability so that the silicon wafer can be peeled without damaging and producing a residue when it is peeled off after being attached to the silicon wafer. It utilizes the properties of the protective film-forming film of the present invention.
Note that this silicon wafer recycling method is not limited to a laminate immediately after the silicon wafer and the surface (α) of the protective film-forming film of the present invention are pasted, but after about 24 hours have passed since the pasting. The present invention can also be applied to a laminate in which the adhesion between the wafer and the protective film-forming film is improved.
＜工程(1)＞
　工程（１）では、基材及び粘着層を有する粘着シートの当該粘着剤層を、前記積層体の保護膜形成用フィルムのシリコンウエハに貼付された表面（α）とは反対側の表面（β）に貼付する工程である。 <Process (1)>
In step (1), the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet having a base material and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is a surface (β) opposite to the surface (α) affixed to the silicon wafer of the protective film-forming film of the laminate. ).
　本工程で用いるリワーク用粘着シートとしては、基材及び粘着層を有するものである。なお、粘着シートからなる支持体を有する複合シートをシリコンウエハに貼付した場合には、支持体を本工程でいう「リワーク用粘着シート」として用いてもよい。
　当該基材としては、樹脂フィルムが好ましい。
　当該粘着剤層を形成する粘着剤としては、工程（２）において保護膜形成用シートをシリコンウエハから剥離し得る程度の粘着力を有するものであれば特に制限はない。
　具体的な粘着剤としては、例えば、アクリル系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、シリコーン系粘着剤等が挙げられる。 The rework pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet used in this step has a base material and a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In addition, when the composite sheet which has a support body which consists of an adhesive sheet is affixed on the silicon wafer, you may use a support body as an "adhesive sheet for rework" said at this process.
As the substrate, a resin film is preferable.
The pressure-sensitive adhesive forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is not particularly limited as long as the pressure-sensitive adhesive has an adhesive force that can peel the protective film-forming sheet from the silicon wafer in the step (2).
Specific examples of the pressure sensitive adhesive include acrylic pressure sensitive adhesive, urethane pressure sensitive adhesive, and silicone pressure sensitive adhesive.
　当該リワーク用粘着シートの形状としては、特に限定はないが、次の工程（２）での操作性の観点から、保護膜形成用シートもしくは保護膜形成用複合シートと同じ形状、又は保護膜形成用シートもしくは保護膜形成用複合シートよりも大きい形状の粘着シートが好ましい。 The shape of the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet for rework is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of operability in the next step (2), the same shape as the protective film-forming sheet or the protective film-forming composite sheet, or protective film formation An adhesive sheet having a shape larger than that of the protective sheet or the protective film-forming composite sheet is preferred.
　前記リワーク用粘着シートとしては、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおける支持シートや、市販品のダイシングシートを用いることもできる。 As the pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet for rework, a support sheet in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention or a commercially available dicing sheet can be used.
　本工程における、表面（β）と粘着シートの粘着層との貼付方法としては、装置を用いて貼付してもよく、手作業で行ってもよい。 In the present step, as a method for applying the surface (β) and the adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet, it may be applied using an apparatus or may be performed manually.
＜工程（２）＞
　工程（２）では、工程（１）で貼付した前記リワーク用粘着シートを引き剥がして、前記シリコンウエハに貼付された前記保護膜形成用フィルムを剥離する工程である。
　本工程においては、本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムのシリコンウエハに貼付された表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が前記範囲に調整されているため、工程（１）で表面（β）に貼付したリワーク用粘着シートを引き剥がすことで、保護膜形成用フィルムも一緒に引き剥がされ、当該保護膜形成用フィルムをシリコンウエハから剥離することができる。 <Step (2)>
Step (2) is a step of peeling off the protective film-forming film attached to the silicon wafer by peeling off the rework adhesive sheet attached in step (1).
In this step, since the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface (α) affixed to the silicon wafer of the protective film-forming film of the present invention is adjusted to the above range, the surface (β) in step (1) is adjusted. By peeling off the rework pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet affixed to the protective film-forming film, the protective film-forming film is also peeled off together, and the protective film-forming film can be peeled off from the silicon wafer.
　粘着シートの剥離速度及び剥離角度としては特に制限はなく、適宜設定することができる。
　また、本工程において、装置を用いて粘着テープを引き剥がしてもよいが、操作性の観点から、手作業で粘着シートを引き剥がして、前記保護膜形成用フィルムをシリコンウエハから剥離することが好ましい。 There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a peeling speed and a peeling angle of an adhesive sheet, It can set suitably.
In this step, the adhesive tape may be peeled off using an apparatus, but from the viewpoint of operability, the adhesive sheet may be peeled off manually to peel the protective film-forming film from the silicon wafer. preferable.
　なお、本工程において、保護膜形成用フィルムの剥離後、必要に応じてエタノール等の有機溶媒で、シリコンウエハの表面を洗浄してもよい。
　以上の工程を経ることで、一度保護膜形成用フィルムが貼付されたシリコンウエハを再生することができる。 In this step, after peeling off the protective film-forming film, the surface of the silicon wafer may be washed with an organic solvent such as ethanol as necessary.
By passing through the above process, the silicon wafer with the protective film-forming film once attached can be regenerated.
　以下、具体的実施例により、本発明についてより詳細に説明する。ただし、本発明は、以下に示す実施例に、何ら限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to specific examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
　保護膜形成用組成物の製造に用いた成分を以下に示す。
・エネルギー線硬化性成分
　（ａ２）－１：トリシクロデカンジメチロールジアクリレート（日本化薬社製「ＫＡＹＡＲＡＤ　Ｒ－６８４」、２官能紫外線硬化性化合物、分子量３０４）
・エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体
　（ｂ）－１：アクリル酸ブチル（以下、「ＢＡ」と略記する）（１０質量部）、アクリル酸メチル（以下、「ＭＡ」と略記する）（７０質量部）、メタクリル酸グリシジル（以下、「ＧＭＡ」と略記する）（５質量部）及びアクリル酸－２－ヒドロキシエチル（以下、「ＨＥＡ」と略記する）（１５質量部）を共重合してなるアクリル系樹脂（重量平均分子量３０００００、ガラス転移温度－１℃）。 The components used for the production of the protective film-forming composition are shown below.
Energy ray curable component (a2) -1: Tricyclodecane dimethylol diacrylate (“KAYARAD R-684”, bifunctional ultraviolet curable compound, molecular weight 304, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
Polymer having no energy ray-curable group (b) -1: butyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “BA”) (10 parts by mass), methyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “MA”) ( 70 parts by mass), glycidyl methacrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “GMA”) (5 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “HEA”) (15 parts by mass) Acrylic resin (weight average molecular weight 300000, glass transition temperature −1 ° C.).
・光重合開始剤
　（ｃ）－１：２－（ジメチルアミノ）－１－（４－モルホリノフェニル）－２－ベンジル－１－ブタノン（ＢＡＳＦ社製「Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ（登録商標）３６９」）
　（ｃ）－２：エタノン，１－［９－エチル－６－（２－メチルベンゾイル）－９Ｈ－カルバゾール－３－イル］－，１－（Ｏ－アセチルオキシム）（ＢＡＳＦ社製「Ｉｒｇａｃｕｒｅ（登録商標）ＯＸＥ０２」）
・充填材
　（ｄ）－１：シリカフィラー（表面修飾基:エポキシ基）平均粒子径１００ｎｍ
　（ｄ）－２：シリカフィラー（表面修飾基:エポキシ基）平均粒子径５０ｎｍ
・カップリング剤
　（ｅ）－１：３－メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン（信越化学工業社製「ＫＢＭ－５０３」、シランカップリング剤） Photopolymerization initiator (c) -1: 2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzyl-1-butanone (“Irgacure (registered trademark) 369” manufactured by BASF)
(C) -2: Ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) (Irgacure (registered by BASF)) Trademark) OXE02 ")
Filler (d) -1: Silica filler (surface modification group: epoxy group) average particle diameter 100 nm
(D) -2: Silica filler (surface modifying group: epoxy group) average particle size 50 nm
Coupling agent (e) -1: 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (“KBM-503” manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., silane coupling agent)
・着色剤
　（ｇ）－１：フタロシアニン系青色色素（Ｐｉｇｍｅｎｔ　Ｂｌｕｅ　１５：３）３２質量部と、イソインドリノン系黄色色素（Ｐｉｇｍｅｎｔ　Ｙｅｌｌｏｗ　１３９）１８質量部と、アントラキノン系赤色色素（Ｐｉｇｍｅｎｔ　Ｒｅｄ　１７７）５０質量部とを混合し、前記３種の色素の合計量／スチレンアクリル樹脂量＝１／３（質量比）となるように顔料化して得られた顔料。 Colorant (g) -1: 32 parts by mass of phthalocyanine blue pigment (Pigment Blue 15: 3), 18 parts by mass of isoindolinone yellow pigment (Pigment Yellow 139), and anthraquinone red pigment (Pigment Red 177) A pigment obtained by mixing 50 parts by mass and pigmenting the mixture so that the total amount of the three kinds of dyes / the amount of styrene acrylic resin = 1/3 (mass ratio).
［実施例１］
＜保護膜形成用複合シートの製造＞
（保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）の製造）
　エネルギー線硬化性成分（ａ２）－１（２０質量部）、重合体（ｂ）－１（２２質量部）、光重合開始剤（ｃ）－１（０．３質量部）、光重合開始剤（ｃ）－２（０．３質量部）、充填材（ｄ）－１（２質量部、すなわち、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）の固形分の総質量に対して４．３質量％）、カップリング剤（ｅ）－１（０．４質量部）及び着色剤（ｇ）－１（２質量部）を、メチルエチルケトンに溶解又は分散させて、２３℃で撹拌することで、固形分濃度が５０質量％である保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）を調製した。なお、ここに示す各成分の配合量はすべて固形分量である。また、表１中の含有成分の欄の「－」との記載は、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）がその成分を含有していないことを意味する。 [Example 1]
<Manufacture of composite sheet for forming protective film>
(Production of protective film-forming composition (IV-1))
Energy ray-curable component (a2) -1 (20 parts by mass), polymer (b) -1 (22 parts by mass), photopolymerization initiator (c) -1 (0.3 parts by mass), photopolymerization initiator (C) -2 (0.3 parts by mass), filler (d) -1 (2 parts by mass, that is, 4.3% based on the total mass of the solid content of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1)) Mass%), coupling agent (e) -1 (0.4 parts by mass) and colorant (g) -1 (2 parts by mass) are dissolved or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone and stirred at 23 ° C. A protective film-forming composition (IV-1) having a solid content concentration of 50% by mass was prepared. In addition, the compounding quantity of each component shown here is all solid content. Further, the description of “-” in the column of the component in Table 1 means that the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) does not contain the component.
＜保護膜形成用シートの製造＞
　表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が１．８μｍのポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルム（厚さ８０μｍ以下、「Ｐ３」と表す場合がある。）である第１の剥離フィルムの前記表面粗さ（Ｒａ）を有する表面に、保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）をナイフコーターにより塗工し、１００℃で２分乾燥させることにより、厚さ２５μｍのエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルム（１３）－１を作製した。 <Manufacture of protective film forming sheet>
On the surface having the surface roughness (Ra) of the first release film which is a polyethylene terephthalate film (thickness of 80 μm or less, sometimes referred to as “P3”) having a surface roughness (Ra) of 1.8 μm. Then, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) was applied with a knife coater and dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes to obtain an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film (13) -1 having a thickness of 25 μm. Produced.
　次いで、ポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルムの片面がシリコーン処理により剥離処理された第２の剥離フィルム（リンテック社製「ＳＰ－ＰＥＴ３８２１５０」、厚さ３８μｍ。以下、「Ｐ２」と表す場合がある。）の前記剥離処理面に、上記で得られた保護膜形成用フィルム（１３）－１の露出面を貼り合わせて、第１の剥離フィルム、保護膜形成用フィルム（１３）－１及び第２の剥離フィルムが、これらの厚さ方向においてこの順に積層されてなる保護膜形成用シートを作製した。 Next, the release of the second release film (“SP-PET 382150” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm, hereinafter referred to as “P2”) in which one side of the polyethylene terephthalate film has been subjected to release treatment by silicone treatment. The exposed surface of the protective film-forming film (13) -1 obtained above is bonded to the treated surface, so that the first release film, the protective film-forming film (13) -1 and the second release film are A protective film-forming sheet was produced that was laminated in this order in the thickness direction.
(実施例２)
　第１の剥離フィルムとして、Ｐ３に替えて、表面粗さ（Ｒａ）０．０４０μｍのポリエチレンテレフタレートを使用した剥離フィルム（以下「Ｐ４」という場合がある。）を用いた以外は実施例１と同様にして保護膜形成用シートを作製した。 (Example 2)
As the first release film, the same as Example 1 except that instead of P3, a release film using polyethylene terephthalate with a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.040 μm (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “P4”) was used. Thus, a protective film-forming sheet was produced.
(実施例３)
　第２の剥離フィルムとして、Ｐ３に替えて、表面粗さ（Ｒａ）０．０４０μｍのポリエチレンテレフタレートを使用した剥離フィルム（以下「Ｐ４」という場合がある。）を用い、保護膜形成用フィルム（１３）－１に代えて、保護膜形成用フィルム（１３）－２を用いた以外は、実施例１と同様にして保護膜形成用シートを作製した。保護膜形成用フィルム（１３）－２は、充填剤（ｄ）－１を２質量部用いる代わりに充填剤（ｄ）－２を５質量部用いた以外は、実施例１の保護膜形成用フィルム（１３）－１と同様にして作製したものである。 Example 3
As the second release film, a release film using polyethylene terephthalate having a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.040 μm (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “P4”) is used instead of P3, and a protective film-forming film (13 ) -1 was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the protective film-forming film (13) -2 was used. The protective film-forming film (13) -2 is the protective film-forming film of Example 1 except that 5 parts by mass of filler (d) -2 was used instead of 2 parts by mass of filler (d) -1. It was produced in the same manner as film (13) -1.
（実施例４）
（粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）の製造）
　アクリル系重合体（１００質量部、固形分）、及び３官能キシリレンジイソシアネート系架橋剤（三井武田ケミカル社製「タケネートＤ１１０Ｎ」）（１０．７質量部、固形分）を含有し、さらに溶媒としてメチルエチルケトンを含有する、固形分濃度が３０質量％の非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）を調製した。前記アクリル系重合体は、アクリル酸－２－エチルヘキシル（以下、「２ＥＨＡ」と略記する）（３６質量部）、ＢＡ（５９質量部）、及びＨＥＡ（５質量部）を共重合してなる、重量平均分子量が６０００００のものである。 Example 4
(Production of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4))
Contains an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, solid content) and a trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent (“Takenate D110N” manufactured by Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (10.7 parts by mass, solid content), and further as a solvent A non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) containing methyl ethyl ketone and having a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared. The acrylic polymer is obtained by copolymerizing 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “2EHA”) (36 parts by mass), BA (59 parts by mass), and HEA (5 parts by mass). The weight average molecular weight is 600,000.
（支持シートの製造）
　ポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルムの片面がシリコーン処理により剥離処理された剥離フィルム（リンテック社製「ＳＰ－ＰＥＴ３８１０３１」、厚さ３８μｍ）の前記剥離処理面に、上記で得られた粘着剤組成物（Ｉ－４）を塗工し、１２０℃で２分加熱乾燥させることにより、厚さ１０μｍの非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤層を形成した。
　次いで、この粘着剤層の露出面に、基材としてポリプロピレン系フィルム（ヤング率４００ＭＰａ、厚さ８０μｍ。以下「Ｓ１」と表す場合がある。）を貼り合せることにより、前記基材の一方の表面上に前記粘着剤層を備えた支持シート（１０）－１を得た。 (Manufacture of support sheet)
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) obtained above was applied to the release-treated surface of a release film (“SP-PET 381031” manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm) obtained by releasing one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment. ) And dried by heating at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes to form a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 10 μm.
Subsequently, a polypropylene film (Young's modulus: 400 MPa, thickness: 80 μm, hereinafter sometimes referred to as “S1”) is bonded to the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer as a base material, thereby one surface of the base material. A support sheet (10) -1 having the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer thereon was obtained.
（保護膜形成用複合シートの製造）
　実施例１と同様の方法により、厚さ２５μｍのエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルム（１３）－１を作製した。 (Manufacture of composite sheet for protective film formation)
In the same manner as in Example 1, an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film (13) -1 having a thickness of 25 μm was produced.
　次いで、上記で得られた支持シート（１０）－１の粘着剤層から剥離フィルムを取り除き、この粘着剤層の露出面に、上記で得られた保護膜形成用フィルム（１３）－１の露出面を貼り合わせて、基材、粘着剤層、保護膜形成用フィルム（１３）－１及びフィルム（Ｐ３）が、これらの厚さ方向においてこの順に積層されてなる保護膜形成用複合シートを作製した。得られた保護膜形成用複合シートの構成を表２に示す。 Next, the release film is removed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the support sheet (10) -1 obtained above, and the protective film-forming film (13) -1 obtained above is exposed on the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. A composite sheet for forming a protective film is produced by laminating the surfaces, a base material, an adhesive layer, a protective film forming film (13) -1 and a film (P3) laminated in this thickness direction in this order. did. Table 2 shows the structure of the obtained protective sheet-forming composite sheet.
(比較例１)
　第１の剥離フィルムとして、表面粗さ（Ｒａ）０．０２６μｍのポリエチレンテレフタレートを使用したフィルム（以下「Ｐ５」と表す場合がある）を用いたこと以外は、実施例１と同様にして保護膜形成用シートを作製した。 (Comparative Example 1)
The protective film was the same as in Example 1 except that a film using polyethylene terephthalate having a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.026 μm (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “P5”) was used as the first release film. A forming sheet was prepared.
(比較例２)
　第１の剥離フィルムとして、表面粗さ（Ｒａ）０．０２０μｍのポリエチレンテレフタレートを使用したフィルム（以下「Ｐ６」と表す場合がある）を用いたこと以外は、実施例１と同様にして保護膜形成用シートを作製した。 (Comparative Example 2)
A protective film as in Example 1 except that a film using polyethylene terephthalate having a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.020 μm (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “P6”) was used as the first release film. A forming sheet was prepared.
(比較例３)
　第１の剥離フィルムとして、表面粗さ（Ｒａ）０．０２０μｍのポリエチレンテレフタレートを使用したフィルム（Ｐ６）を用い、保護膜形成用フィルム（１３）－１に代えて、保護膜形成用フィルム（１３）－２を用いた以外は、実施例１と同様にして保護膜形成用シートを作製した。保護膜形成用フィルム（１３）－２は、充填剤（ｄ）－１を２質量部用いる代わりに充填剤（ｄ）－２を５質量部用いた以外は、実施例１の保護膜形成用フィルム（１３）－１と同様にして作製したものである。 (Comparative Example 3)
As the first release film, a film (P6) using polyethylene terephthalate having a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.020 μm was used, and instead of the protective film-forming film (13) -1, a protective film-forming film (13 ) -2 was used, and a protective film-forming sheet was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The protective film-forming film (13) -2 is the protective film-forming film of Example 1 except that 5 parts by mass of filler (d) -2 was used instead of 2 parts by mass of filler (d) -1. It was produced in the same manner as film (13) -1.
(比較例４)
　剥離フィルムとして、ポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルム（Ｐ３）の替わりに、表面粗さ（Ｒａ）０．０２６μｍのポリエチレンテレフタレートを使用したフィルム（Ｐ５）を用いたこと以外は、実施例４と同様にして保護膜形成用シートを作製した。保護膜形成用組成物（ＩＶ－１）は、フィルム（Ｐ５）の前記表面粗さ（Ｒａ）を有する表面に塗工した。 (Comparative Example 4)
A protective film as in Example 4 except that a film (P5) using polyethylene terephthalate having a surface roughness (Ra) of 0.026 μm was used instead of the polyethylene terephthalate film (P3) as the release film. A forming sheet was prepared. The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) was applied to the surface of the film (P5) having the surface roughness (Ra).
（表面粗さ（Ｒａ）の測定）
　光干渉式表面形状測定装置（Ｖｅｅｃｏ　Ｍｅｔｒｏｌｏｇｙ　Ｇｒｏｕｐ社製、製品名「ＷＹＫＯ　ＷＴ１１００」）を用いて、ＰＳＩモードで倍率１０倍にて、ＪＩＳ　Ｂ０６０１：２００１に準拠して、測定対象の表面の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）を測定した。 (Measurement of surface roughness (Ra))
Using an optical interference type surface shape measuring apparatus (product name “WYKO WT1100” manufactured by Veeco Metrology Group), the surface roughness of the surface of the measurement object in accordance with JIS B0601: 2001 at a magnification of 10 times in the PSI mode. The thickness (Ra) was measured.
（保護膜形成用フィルムのリワーク性の評価）
　実施例及び比較例で作製した保護膜形成用シート又は保護膜形成用複合シートが有する第１の剥離フィルムを除去し、表出した保護膜形成用フィルムの表面（α）を♯２０００研磨したシリコンウエハ(直径：８インチ、厚さ：２８０μｍ)の研磨面上に積層し、テープマウンター（リンテック株式会社製、製品名「Ａｄｗｉｌｌ　ＲＡＤ－３６００　Ｆ／１２」）を用いて、７０℃に加熱しながら貼付した。 (Evaluation of reworkability of protective film-forming film)
The first release film included in the protective film forming sheet or the protective film forming composite sheet prepared in Examples and Comparative Examples was removed, and the surface (α) of the exposed protective film forming film was polished by # 2000. Laminated on the polished surface of a wafer (diameter: 8 inches, thickness: 280 μm) and heated to 70 ° C. using a tape mounter (product name “Adwill RAD-3600 F / 12” manufactured by Lintec Corporation) Affixed.
　貼付後、保護膜形成用シートを用いた場合には、室温（２５℃）にて、第２の剥離フィルムを除去し、表出した保護膜形成用フィルムの表面上に、リワーク用粘着シートとして、市販の汎用ダイシングテープ（リンテック株式会社製、商品名「Ａｄｗｉｌｌ　Ｄ－５１０Ｔ」）の粘着剤層面を貼り付けた。
　そして、手作業で、保護膜形成用シートを用いた場合には当該汎用ダイシングテープを、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いた場合には前記支持シートを、それぞれ引き剥がすことで、一緒に保護膜形成用フィルムをシリコンウエハから剥離できたか否か、及び、剥離後のシリコンウエハの表面の残存物の有無を観察し、以下の基準により、保護膜形成用シートのリワーク性を評価した。
 
○：保護膜形成用フィルムをシリコンウエハから完全に剥離することができた。剥離後のシリコンウエハには、目視で確認できる保護膜形成用フィルムの残存物は見られなかった。又は、保護膜形成用フィルムをシリコンウエハから剥離することができたが、剥離後のシリコンウエハには、若干の保護膜形成用フィルムの残存物が見られ、エタノールで拭き取れば完全に除去できる程度であった。
×：剥離中にシリコンウエハが破損してしまった。又は、シリコンウエハを破損せずに保護膜形成用フィルムを剥離することができたが、剥離後のシリコンウエハには、エタノールで拭き取ることが難しい程度の保護膜形成用フィルムの残存物が確認された。
　　或いは、シリコンウエハが破損するまで剥離しなくとも、剥離が出来ないことが分かった時点で不良(×)とした。 When a protective film-forming sheet is used after pasting, the second release film is removed at room temperature (25 ° C.), and the surface of the exposed protective film-forming film is used as a rework pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet. Then, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer surface of a commercially available general-purpose dicing tape (product name “Adwill D-510T” manufactured by Lintec Corporation) was attached.
When the protective film forming sheet is used manually, the general-purpose dicing tape is peeled off, and when the protective film forming composite sheet is used, the support sheet is peeled off, respectively. The reworkability of the protective film-forming sheet was evaluated according to the following criteria by observing whether or not the forming film could be peeled from the silicon wafer, and the presence or absence of residue on the surface of the peeled silicon wafer.

A: The protective film-forming film was completely peeled from the silicon wafer. No residue of the protective film-forming film that can be visually confirmed was observed on the peeled silicon wafer. Or, the protective film-forming film could be peeled off from the silicon wafer, but some residual film of the protective film-forming film was seen on the peeled silicon wafer and could be completely removed by wiping with ethanol. Met.
X: The silicon wafer was damaged during peeling. Alternatively, the protective film-forming film could be peeled off without damaging the silicon wafer, but the remaining silicon film after the peeling was difficult to wipe off with ethanol. It was.
Alternatively, it was judged as defective (x) when it was found that peeling was not possible even if the silicon wafer was not broken until it was damaged.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
　上記結果から明らかなように、実施例１～３の保護膜形成用シート又は実施例４の保護膜形成用複合シートを用いた場合、保護フィルムの表面（α）が０．０３８μｍ以上であることにより、良好なリワーク性が得られたことが分かる。 As is clear from the above results, when the protective film forming sheets of Examples 1 to 3 or the protective film forming composite sheet of Example 4 were used, the surface (α) of the protective film was 0.038 μm or more. Thus, it can be seen that good reworkability was obtained.
　これに対して、比較例１～３の保護膜形成用シート又は比較例４の保護膜形成用複合シートを用いた場合、前記保護膜形成用フィルムの表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が０．０３８μｍ未満であることにより、半導体ウエハ裏面から保護膜形成用フィルムを剥がす際に半導体ウエハが破損したり、保護膜形成用フィルムの一部が半導体ウエハ裏面上に残存するなどの現象が起こり、リワーク性が劣っていた。 On the other hand, when the protective film-forming sheets of Comparative Examples 1 to 3 or the protective film-forming composite sheet of Comparative Example 4 were used, the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface (α) of the protective film-forming film Is less than 0.038 μm, the semiconductor wafer is damaged when the protective film forming film is peeled off from the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, or a part of the protective film forming film remains on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer. It happened and the reworkability was poor.
　本発明は、半導体装置の製造に利用可能である。 The present invention can be used for manufacturing semiconductor devices.
１Ａ，１Ｂ，１Ｃ，１Ｄ，１Ｅ・・・保護膜形成用複合シート
１Ｆ・・・保護膜形成用シート
１０・・・支持シート
１０ａ・・・支持シートの表面
１１・・・基材
１１ａ・・・基材の表面
１２・・・粘着剤層
１２ａ・・・粘着剤層の表面
１３，２３・・・保護膜形成用フィルム
１３ａ，２３ａ・・・保護膜形成用フィルムの表面
１５・・・剥離フィルム
１６・・・治具用接着剤層
１６ａ・・・治具用接着剤層の表面 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E ... protective film forming composite sheet 1F ... protective film forming sheet 10 ... support sheet 10a ... support sheet surface 11 ... substrate 11a ... · Surface 12 of the substrate ··· Adhesive layer 12a · · · Surface 13 and 23 of the adhesive layer · · · Films 13a and 23a for protective film formation · · · 15 of the film for protective film formation ··· Peeling Film 16 ... Jig adhesive layer 16a ... Jig adhesive layer surface

Claims (3)

  1. 　エネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムであって、
    　前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、少なくとも一方の表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が０．０３８μｍ以上である、保護膜形成用フィルム。     An energy ray-curable protective film-forming film,
    The protective film-forming film, wherein the surface roughness (Ra) of at least one surface (α) is 0.038 μm or more.
  2. 　前記表面（α）の表面粗さ（Ｒａ）が２．０μｍ以下である、請求項１記載の保護膜形成用フィルム。 The protective film-forming film according to claim 1, wherein the surface (α) has a surface roughness (Ra) of 2.0 μm or less.
  3. 　請求項１又は２に記載の保護膜形成用フィルムを支持シート上に備えてなり、前記保護膜形成用フィルムの前記表面（α）とは反対側の表面（β）が前記支持シートに向い合っている保護膜形成用複合シート。 The protective film-forming film according to claim 1 or 2 is provided on a support sheet, and a surface (β) opposite to the surface (α) of the protective film-forming film faces the support sheet. Composite sheet for forming a protective film.
PCT/JP2017/016260 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 Film for forming protective film, and composite sheet for forming protective film WO2017188202A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201780019966.1A CN108886023B (en) 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 Film for forming protective film and composite sheet for forming protective film
KR1020187027332A KR102445025B1 (en) 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 A film for forming a protective film and a composite sheet for forming a protective film
JP2018514597A JP7285075B2 (en) 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
JP2022061944A JP7290771B2 (en) 2016-04-28 2022-04-01 Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016092097 2016-04-28
JP2016-092097 2016-04-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017188202A1 true WO2017188202A1 (en) 2017-11-02

Family

ID=60161578

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/016260 WO2017188202A1 (en) 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 Film for forming protective film, and composite sheet for forming protective film

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (2) JP7285075B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102445025B1 (en)
CN (1) CN108886023B (en)
TW (1) TWI782911B (en)
WO (1) WO2017188202A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
SG11202110169VA (en) * 2019-04-26 2021-10-28 Lintec Corp Method of manufacturing third laminate, method of manufacturing fourth laminate, method of manufacturing semiconductor device with back surface protective film, and third laminate

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010056328A (en) * 2008-08-28 2010-03-11 Furukawa Electric Co Ltd:The Film for chip protection
JP2011025669A (en) * 2009-07-03 2011-02-10 Nitto Denko Corp Laminated film and adhesive tape
JP2016045448A (en) * 2014-08-26 2016-04-04 中国塗料株式会社 Photocurable resin composition, cured coating and antidazzle film formed from the composition, image display device, and production method of cured coating and antidazzle film

Family Cites Families (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH10199035A (en) * 1996-12-27 1998-07-31 Mitsubishi Chem Corp Optical information recording medium
JP3097619B2 (en) * 1997-10-02 2000-10-10 日本電気株式会社 Method of manufacturing field emission cold cathode
JP4364508B2 (en) * 2002-12-27 2009-11-18 リンテック株式会社 Protective film forming sheet for chip back surface and manufacturing method of chip with protective film
TWI310230B (en) * 2003-01-22 2009-05-21 Lintec Corp Adhesive sheet, method for protecting surface of semiconductor wafer and method for processing work
CN101490813B (en) * 2006-07-19 2011-07-13 积水化学工业株式会社 Dicing/die-bonding tape and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip
KR101273871B1 (en) * 2007-04-19 2013-06-11 세키스이가가쿠 고교가부시키가이샤 Dicing/die bonding tape and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip
JP2009138026A (en) 2007-12-03 2009-06-25 Furukawa Electric Co Ltd:The Energy ray-curable chip protecting film
KR20110010601A (en) * 2008-03-31 2011-02-01 헨켈 코포레이션 Multilayer Visco-curable Adhesive Film
JP5805367B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2015-11-04 日東電工株式会社 Dicing tape integrated wafer back surface protection film
KR20110003283A (en) * 2009-07-03 2011-01-11 닛토덴코 가부시키가이샤 Laminated film and adhesive tape
JP2011204806A (en) * 2010-03-24 2011-10-13 Nitto Denko Corp Processing method of wafer
JP5439264B2 (en) * 2010-04-19 2014-03-12 日東電工株式会社 Dicing tape integrated semiconductor backside film
JP5048815B2 (en) * 2010-07-20 2012-10-17 日東電工株式会社 Flip chip type semiconductor back film and dicing tape integrated semiconductor back film
JP5036887B1 (en) * 2011-03-11 2012-09-26 日東電工株式会社 Dicing film with protective film
WO2013181315A1 (en) * 2012-05-30 2013-12-05 3M Innovative Properties Company Method for manufacturing a laminated film
JP5465284B2 (en) * 2012-07-19 2014-04-09 日東電工株式会社 Flip chip type semiconductor back film and dicing tape integrated semiconductor back film
JP6091955B2 (en) * 2013-03-26 2017-03-08 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive sheet, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for producing chip with protective film
JP6405556B2 (en) 2013-07-31 2018-10-17 リンテック株式会社 Protective film forming film, protective film forming sheet and inspection method
JP6407535B2 (en) * 2014-02-28 2018-10-17 ソマール株式会社 Adhesive sheet and method for producing adherend laminate
US9614045B2 (en) * 2014-09-17 2017-04-04 Infineon Technologies Ag Method of processing a semiconductor device and chip package
KR102457313B1 (en) * 2014-09-29 2022-10-20 린텍 가부시키가이샤 Base for sheets for semiconductor wafer processing, sheet for semiconductor wafer processing, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010056328A (en) * 2008-08-28 2010-03-11 Furukawa Electric Co Ltd:The Film for chip protection
JP2011025669A (en) * 2009-07-03 2011-02-10 Nitto Denko Corp Laminated film and adhesive tape
JP2016045448A (en) * 2014-08-26 2016-04-04 中国塗料株式会社 Photocurable resin composition, cured coating and antidazzle film formed from the composition, image display device, and production method of cured coating and antidazzle film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108886023A (en) 2018-11-23
KR102445025B1 (en) 2022-09-20
TW201812879A (en) 2018-04-01
KR20190004694A (en) 2019-01-14
JPWO2017188202A1 (en) 2019-02-28
TWI782911B (en) 2022-11-11
JP2022089876A (en) 2022-06-16
JP7285075B2 (en) 2023-06-01
CN108886023B (en) 2023-09-08
JP7290771B2 (en) 2023-06-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6902530B2 (en) A method for manufacturing a composite sheet for forming a protective film and a semiconductor chip with a protective film, and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device.
WO2017188216A1 (en) Film for forming protective coat and composite sheet for forming protective coat
JP6854811B2 (en) Method for manufacturing protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, and semiconductor chip
JP2018056282A (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protection film, and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
WO2017188199A1 (en) Film for forming protective coating and composite sheet for forming protective coating
JP7071916B2 (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protective film and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
JP6956074B2 (en) Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
JPWO2019082977A1 (en) Method for manufacturing protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, and semiconductor chip
JP6971977B2 (en) A film for forming a protective film, a composite sheet for forming a protective film, a method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip with a protective film, and a method for packing the semiconductor chip with a protective film.
JP7086986B2 (en) A method for manufacturing a protective film forming film, a protective film forming composite sheet, and a semiconductor chip.
JP7290771B2 (en) Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
JP6837057B2 (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protective film and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
JPWO2019082968A1 (en) Manufacturing method of composite sheet for forming protective film and semiconductor chip
JPWO2019082969A1 (en) Manufacturing method of composite sheet for forming protective film and semiconductor chip
JP7039460B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
JP6438173B2 (en) Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
JP6929835B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
WO2017188201A1 (en) Film for forming protective film, and composite sheet for forming protective film
JP6938477B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2018514597

Country of ref document: JP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20187027332

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201780019966.1

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17789484

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17789484

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1